(2114) Sheet Atomic Structure Exercise B

Atomic Structure
 Marked Questions may have for Revision Questions.

 fpfUgr iz'u nksgjkus ;ksX; iz'u gSA
PART - I : SUBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
Hkkx - I : fo"k;kRed iz'u ¼SUBJECTIVE QUESTIONS½
Subjective Easy, only learning value problems
Section (A) : Discovery of sub atomic particles, Atomic models, nucleus
[k.M (A) : ijek.oh; d.kksa dh [kkst] ijek.kq ekWMy] ukfHkd
Commit to memory :
Q = ne ( charge is quantized)
1
q1q2
P.E. = 4 0
r
Mass number of an element = No. of protons (Z) + No. of neutrons (n).
4KZe 2
Closest distance (r) =
m  v 2
;kn j[kus gsrq %

Q = ne (DokaVhd`r vkos'k gS)
1 q1q2
P.E. = 4 0 r
rRo dh æO;eku la[;k = izksVksu dh la[;k(Z) + U;wVªkWu(n) dh la[;k
4KZe 2
fudVre nwjh (r) = m  v 2
A-1. Complete the following table :
Particle Atomic No. Mass No. No. of electrons No. of protons No. of neutrons
Sodium atom 11 --- --- --- 12
Aluminium ion --- 27 10 --- ---
Chloride ion --- --- 18 --- 18
Phosphorus atom --- 31 --- 15 ---
Cuprous ion --- --- 28 --- 35
fuEufyf[kr lkj.kh dks iw.kZ dhft, %
d .k ijek.kql a
[ ;k nz
O;eku l a
[ ;k by s
DVª
kW
u ksd h l a
[ ;k iz
ks
V ks
u ksd h l a
[ ;k U;w
VªkW
u ks
ad h l a
[ ;k
l ks
fM;e ijek.kq 11 --- --- --- 12
,Y;q
fefu;e v k;u --- 27 10 --- ---
Dy ks
jkbM v k;u --- --- 18 --- 18
Q kLQ ks
jl ijek.kq --- 31 --- 15 ---
D;q
iz
l v k;u --- --- 28 --- 35
Corporate Office: CG Tower, A-46 & 52, IPIA, Near City Mall, Jhalawar Road, Kota (Raj.)-324005
Website : www.resonance.ac.in | E-mail : contact@resonance.ac.in
Toll Free : 1800 200 2244 | 1800 258 5555 | CIN: U80302RJ2007PLC024029
ADVATS - 1
Atomic Structure
Particle Atomic No. Mass No. No. of electrons No. of protons No. of neutrons
Sodium atom 11 23 11 11 12
Aluminium ion 13 27 10 13 14
Chloride ion 17 35 18 17 18
Ans.
Phosphorus atom 15 31 15 15 16
Cuprous ion 29 64 28 29 35
d .k ijek.kql a
[;k nz
O;eku l a
[;k by s
DVª
kW
uksd h l a
[;k iz
ks
Vks
uksd h l a
[;k U;w
VªkW
uks
ad h l a
[;k
lks
fM;e ijek.kq 11 23 11 11 12
,Y;q
fefu;e vk;u 13 27 10 13 14
Dy ks
jkbM vk;u 17 35 18 17 18
Ans.
Q kLQ ks
jl ijek.kq 15 31 15 15 16
D;q
iz
l vk;u 29 64 28 29 35
A-2. If radius of the nucleus is 3.5 × 10–15 m then find the space or volume occupied by the nucleus.
;fn ukfHkd dh f=kT;k 3.5 × 10–15 m gS] rc ukfHkd }kjk ?ksjs x;s LFkku ¼vk;ru½ dh x.kuk djksA
Ans. 1.8 × 10–43 m3
A-3. The approximate radius of a H-atom is 0.05 nm, and that of proton is 1.5 × 10 –15 m. Assuming both the
hydrogen atom and the proton to be spherical, calculate fraction of the space in an atom of hydrogen that is
occupied by the nucleus.
f=kfoe esa H-ijek.kq dh vkisf{kr f=kT;k yxHkx 0.05 nm gS o izksVksu dh f=kT;k 1.5 × 10–15 m gSA gkbMªkstu ijek.kq o izksVksu
nksuksa dks xksyh; ekudj og va'k Kkr dhft, tks gkbMªkstu ijek.kq esa ukfHkd }kjk ?ksjk tkrk gSA
Ans. 2.7 × 10–14
A-4. (A) Find the radius of nucleus of an atom having atomic mass number equal to 125.
(Take R0 = 1.3 × 10–15 m )
(B) Find the distance of closest approch when an  particle is projected towards the nucleus of silver atom
having speed v. (mass of  particle = m, atomic number of Ag = 47)
(A) ,d ijek.kq dh nzO;eku la[;k 125 ds cjkcj gSA blds ukfHkd dh f=kT;k Kkr djksA (R0 = 1.3 × 10–15 m yhft,)
(B) tc ,YQk d.k dks flYoj ds ukfHkd dh vksj v xfr ls Hkstrs gS rks ukfHkd o ,YQk d.k ds e/; igqap dh fudVre nwjh
Kkr djksA ( d.k dk nzO;eku = m, Ag dk ijek.kq Øekad = 47)
188 Ke 2
Ans. (A) 6.5 × 10–15 m , (B)
m v 2
A-5. Write the conclusions of observations of Rutherford's experiment.

jnjQksMZ iz;ksx ds izs{k.k ds fu"d"kZ fyf[k,A
Ans. 1. Most of the -particles passed straight through the gold foil undeflected.
2. A few of them were deflected through small angles, while a very few were deflected to a large extent.
3. A very small percentage (1 in 20000) was deflected through angles ranging from nearly 180°.
1. vfèkdka'k -d.k lksusa dh iUuh ls fcUkk fopfyr gq, vius okLrfod iFk ls lhèks xqtj tkrs gSA
2. buesa ls dqN d.k de dks.k ls rFkk dqN d.k vfèkd dks.k ls fopfyr gks tkrs gSA
3. cgqr de izfr'kr (20000 esa ls 1) d.k ,sls Fks tks 90° ls 180° ds dks.k ij fo{ksfir gksrs gSA
ADVATS - 2
Atomic Structure
Section (B) : Quantum theory of light & Photoelectric Effect
[k.M (B) : izdk'k dk DokaVe fl)kUr rFkk izdk'k&fo|qr izHkko
Commit to memory :
Q = ne ( charge is quantized)
1


v=×
E0 = h (- Frequency of light)
hc
E0 = (c - speed of light)

1
h = h0 + m 2
2 e
;kn j[kus gsrq %

Q = ne (DokaVhd`r vkos'k gS)
1


v=×
E0 = h (- izdk'k dh vko`fr)
hc
E0 = (c - izdk'k dk osx)

1
h = h0 + m 2
2 e
B-1. Calculate the energy of 100 photons if the wavelength of the light is 2000Å.
;fn izdk'k dh rjax}S/;Z 2000Å gS rks 100 QksVkWuks dh ÅtkZ dh x.kuk djksA
Ans. 621.1 eV.
B-2. How many photons are emitted per second by a 5 mW laser operating at 620 nm?
,d 5 mW dk ystj 620 nm ij dk;Z dj jgk gS rks blds }kjk izfr lSd.M fdrus QksVksu mRlftZr gksrs gS\
Ans. 1.56 × 1016
B-3. The Vividh Bharati Station of All India Radio, Delhi broadcasts on a frequency of 1368 kHz (kilo hertz).
Calculate the wavelength and wave number of the electromagnetic radiation emitted by the transmitter.
vkWy bf.M;k jsfM;ks] fnYyh dk fofo/k Hkkjrh LVs'ku] 1368 KHz ¼fdyks gVZ~t½ vko`fÙk ij izlkj.k djrk gSA VªkalehVj }kjk
mRlftZr fo|qr pqEcdh; fofdj.k ds fy, rjax}S/;Z o rjax la[;k Kkr djksA
Ans. 219.3 m, 4.56 × 10–3 m–1
B-4. One quantum is absorbed per gaseous molecule of Br2 for converting into Br atoms. If light absorbed has
wavelength 5000 Å, calculate energy required in kJ/mol.
Br2 ds ,d xSlh; v.kq dks Br ijek.kqvksa esa cnyus ds fy, ,d Dok.Ve dk vo'kks"k.k gksrk gSA ;fn vo'kksf"kr izdk'k dh rjax
}S/;Z 5000 Å gS rks vko';d ÅtkZ dh x.kuk kJ/mol esa djksA
Ans. 239.4 KJ/mol.
B-5. The eyes of a certain member of the reptile family pass a visual signal to the brain when the visual receptors
are struck by photons of wavelength 850 nm. If a total energy of 3.15 × 10–14 J is required to trip the signal,
what is the minimum number of photons that must strike the receptor. (h = 6.6 × 10–34)
ljhlì ifjokj ds fdlh lnL; dh vk¡[k ls ,d n`'; flXuy efLr"d dh vksj izokfgr djus gsrq n`f"V xzkgh losanh ij rjaxnSè;Z
850 nm ds QksVkWu }kjk izgkj fd;k tkrk gSA ;fn ladsr dks idM+us ds fy, vko';d dqy ÅtkZ 3.15 × 10–14 J gS] rks QksVkWuksa
dh og U;wure la[;k D;k gks tks xzkgh losanh ¼izkIr djus okys½ ij izgkj djrh gSaA (h = 6.6 × 10–34)
Ans. 1.35 × 105 photons
ADVATS - 3
Atomic Structure
B-6. Two bulbs ‘A’ and ‘B’ emit red light and yellow light at 8000 Å and 4000Å respectively. The number of photons
emitted by both the bulbs per second is the same. If the red bulb is labelled as 100 watts, find the wattage
of the yellow bulb.
nks cYc ‘A’ vkSj ‘B’ Øe'k% 8000 Å vkSj 4000Å ds yky vkSj ihys izdk'k dk mRltZu djrs gSA nksuks }kjk mRlftZr izfr lSd.M
QksVkWuksa dh la[;k leku gSA ;fn yky cYc 100 okV dk gS rks ihys cYc dh 'kfDr okWV esa fdruh gksxh\
Ans. 200 watt.
B-7. If a light with frequency 4 × 1016 Hz emitted photoelectrons with double the maximum kinetic energy as are
emitted by the light of frequency 2.5 × 1016 Hz from the same metal surface, then what is the threshold
frequency (0) of the metal ?
;fn ,d gh /kkrq dh lrg ls] 4 × 1016 Hz vko`fÙk okys izdk'k }kjk mRlftZr izdk'k bysDVªkWu dh vf/kdre xfrt ÅtkZ] 2.5
× 1016 Hz vko`fÙk okys izdk'k }kjk mRlftZr izdk'k bysDVªkWu dh vf/kdre xfrt ÅtkZ dh nksxquh gS] rks /kkrq dh nsgyh vko`fÙk
(0) D;k gksxh\
Ans. 1 × 1016 Hz
Section (C) : Bohr Model

[k.M (C) : cksj ekWMy
Commit to memory : ;kn j[kus gsrq %

mv 2 Ke 2 Z nh hc
 =  mvr =  = E
r r2 2 
E n 2h 2 n2
   r=  rn = 0.529 x Å
h 4 2mKZe 2 Z
Ze 2K Z 2r
 v=  vn = 2.18 x 106 x m/sec  T=
nh n v
2
v 2 2 me 4 k 2  z 
 f=  T.E. = En = –  n2 
2 r h2  
Z2 Z2
 En = – 13.6 eV / atom  En = – 2.18 × 10–18 J/atom
n2 n2
1
 T.E. = P.E.  T.E. = – K.E.
2
C-1. Which state of the triply ionized Beryllium (Be3+) has the same orbit radius as that of the ground state of
hydrogen atom ?
f=k&vk;fud csfjfy;e (Be3+) dh dkSulh voLFkk dh f=kT;k] gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh ewy voLFkk dh f=kT;k ds leku gksrh gS\
Ans. n=2
C-2. If the velocity of the electron in first orbit of H atom is 2.18 × 106 m/s,what is its value in third orbit ?
;fn gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds izFke d{kk ds bysDVªkWu dk osx 2.18 × 106 m/s gS rks r`rh; d{kk esa osx dk eku D;k gksxk \
Ans. 7.27 × 105 m/s
C-3. Consider Bohr's theory for hydrogen atom. The magnitude of angular momentum, orbit radius and velocity of
the electron in nth energy state in a hydrogen atom are  , r & v respectively. Find out the value of ' x', if product
of v, r and  (vr) is directly proportional to nx.
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds fy, cksj fl)kUr dks ekurs gq, gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds nth ÅtkZ voLFkk esa dks.kh; laosx dk ifjek.k] d{kh;
f=kT;k o bysDVªkWu osx Øe'k%  , r o v gSa] rks ' x', dk eku Kkr djks ;fn v, r rFkk  rhuksa dk xq.kuQy (vr) lhèks nx ls lekuqikrh
gSA
Ans. x=2
ADVATS - 4
Atomic Structure
C-4. Find the ratio of the time period of 2nd Bohr orbit of He+ amd 4th Bohr orbit of Li2+.
He+ dh 2nd cksj d{kk o Li2+ dh 4th cksj d{kk ds vkorZ dky dk vuqikr Kkr djksA
9
Ans.
32
C-5. Consider three electron jumps described below for the hydrogen atom
x: n = 3 to n=1
y: n = 4 to n=2
z: n = 5 to n=3
The photon emitted in which transition x, y or z will have shortest wavelength.
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds fy, rhu bysDVªkWu laØe.kksa dk o.kZu fuEu gS
x: n = 3 ls n=1
y: n = 4 ls n=2
z: n = 5 ls n=3
tc QksVkWu mRlftZr gksrk gS rks x, y o z laØe.k esa ls fdl laØe.k dh rjax}S/;Z lcls de gksxh \
Ans. ‘x’
C-6. A hydrogen sample is prepared in a particular excited state. Photons of energy 2.55 eV get absorbed into the
sample to take some of the electrons to a further excited state B. Find orbit numbers of the states A and B.
Given the allowed energies of hydrogen atom :
E1 = –13.6 eV, E2 = –3.4 eV, E3 = –1.5 eV, E4 = –0.85 eV, E5 = –0.54 eV
,d gkbMªkstu uewus dks ,d fuf'pr mÙksftr voLFkk esa rS;kj fd;k tkrk gSA 2.55 eV ds QksVkWu dh ÅtkZ vo'kksf"kr djds
uewus ds dqN bysDVªkWu] vR;f/kd mÙksftr voLFkk B esa vk tkrs gSA voLFkk A rFkk B dh d{kk la[;k Kkr djksA gkbMªkstu
ijek.kq esa d{kkvksa dh ÅtkZ gS %
E1 = –13.6 eV, E2 = –3.4 eV, E3 = –1.5 eV, E4 = –0.85 eV, E5 = –0.54 eV
Ans. A = 2, B = 4
C-7. A single electron ion has nuclear charge + Ze where Z is atomic number and e is electronic charge. It
requires 16.52 eV to excite the electron from the second Bohr orbit to third Bohr orbit. Find
(a) The atomic number of element?
(b) The energy required for transition of electron from first to third orbit?
(c) Wavelength of photon required to remove electron from first Bohr orbit to infinity?
(d) The kinetic energy of electron in first Bohr orbit?
,d vdsys bysDVªkWu okys vk;u dk ukfHkdh; vkos'k + Ze gS] tgk¡ Z ijek.kq la[;k o e bysDVªksfud vkos'k gSA blds bysDVªkWu
dks f}rh; cksj d{kk ls r`rh; cksj d{kk esa mÙksftr djus ds fy, vko';d ÅtkZ 16.52 eV gSA Kkr djks %
(a) rRo dk ijek.kq Øekad \
(b) izFke d{kk ls r`rh; d{kk esa bysDVªkWu ds laØe.k ds fy, vko';d ÅtkZ \
(c) izFke cksj d{kk ls vuUr rd bysDVªkWu dks gVkus ds fy, vko';d QksVkWu dh rjax}S/;Z \
(d) izFke cksj d{kk esa bysDVªkWu dh xfrt ÅtkZ \
Ans. (a) Z = 3, (b) 108.8 eV, (c) 1.013 × 10–8 m , (d) 122.4 eV
C-8. The excitation energy of first excited state of a hydrogen like atom is 40.8 eV. Find the energy needed to
remove the electron to form the ion.
,d gkbMªkstu dh rjg ds ijek.kq dh izFke mÙksftr voLFkk dh mÙkstu ÅtkZ 40.8 eV gS rks bl ijek.kq ls bysDVªkWu dks
gVkdj vk;u cukus ds fy, vko';d ÅtkZ dk eku Kkr djksA
Ans. 54.4 eV
ADVATS - 5
Atomic Structure
Section (D) : Spectrum
[k.M (D) : LisDVªe
Commit to memory :
1  1 1 
 =  = RZ 2  2  2 
 n 
 1 n2 
R = Rydberg constant = 1.09678 × 107 m–1
n ( n  1)
 Number of different line produce = , where n = n2 – n1
2
n2 = higher energy orbit, n1 = lower energy orbit
 For single isolated atom max. number of spectral lines observed = (n – 1)
;kn j[kus gsrq %
1  1 1 
 =  = RZ 2  2  2 
 n 
 1 n2 
R = fjMcxZ fLFkjkad = 1.09678 × 107 m–1
 mRiUu fofHkUu js[kkvksa dh la[;k = n ( n  1) , tgk¡ n = n2 – n1
2
n2 = mPp ÅtkZ d{kk, n1 = fuEu ÅtkZ d{kk
 ,dy i`Fkd ijek.kq ds fy, izsf{kr o.kZ js[kkvksa dh vfèkdre la[;k = (n – 1)
D-1. Calculate the two longest wavelengths of the radiation emitted when hydrogen atoms make transitions from
higher states to n = 2 state.
tc gkbMªkstu ijek.kq fdlh mPp voLFkk ls n = 2 voLFkk esa laØe.k djrk gS rks blls mRiUu nks nh?kZre rjax}S/;ksZ dh
x.kuk djksA
Ans. 6561 Å, 4863 Å (Approx)
D-2. What electron transition in the He+ spectrum would have the same wavelength as the first Lyman transition
of hydrogen.
He+ LisDVªe esa bysDVªkWu laØe.k D;k gksaxk ftldh rjax}s/;Z gkbMªkstu ds izFke ykbeu laØe.k ds leku gksA
Ans. n = 4 to n = 2
D-3. Calculate the frequency of light emitted for an electron transition from the sixth to second orbit of the hydrogen
atom. In what region of the spectrum does this light occur?
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds NBs vkorZ ls nwljs vkorZ esa bysDVªkWu laØe.k ls mRlftZr izdk'k dh vko`fÙk dh x.kuk djksA izkIr izdk'k
LisDVªe ds fdl {ks=k esa vkrk gS \
Ans. v = 7.3 × 1014 Hz, visible spectrum (n`'; LisDVªe)
D-4. At what atomic number would a transition from n = 2 to n = 1 energy level result in emission of photon of  =
3 × 10–8 m.
tc fdlh gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds leku Lih'kht esa laØe.k n = 2 ls n = 1 ds dkj.k mRlftZr QksVkWu dh rjaxnsè;Z  = 3 ×
10–8 m gks rks bl ijek.kq dk ijek.kq Øekad D;k gksxkA
Ans. z=2
ADVATS - 6
Atomic Structure
D-5. In a container a mixture is prepared by mixing of three samples of hydrogen, helium ion (He+) and lithium ion
(Li2+). In sample all the hydrogen atoms are in 1st excited state and all the He+ ions are in third excited state
and all the Li2+ ions are in fifth excited state. Find the total number of spectral lines observed in the emission
spectrum of such a sample, when the electrons return back upto the ground state.
,d ik=k esa j[kk feJ.k rhu uewuksa gkbMªkstu] ghfy;e vk;u (He+) vkSj yhfFk;e vk;u (Li2+) ls curk gSA gkbMªkstu uewus
esa lHkh gkbMªkstu ijek.kq izFke mÙksftr voLFkk esa] lHkh ghfy;e vk;u (He+) r`rh; mÙksftr voLFkk esa vkSj lHkh yhfFk;e
vk;u (Li2+) iape mÙksftr voLFkk esa gSaA bl rjg ds uewus ls izkIr dqy LisDVªeh js[kkvksa dh x.kuk djks] tc bysDVªkWu
mÙksftr voLFkk ls ewy voLFkk rd vkrs gSA
Ans. 20
Section (E) : De-broglie wavelength and Heisenberg uncertainity principle

[k.M (E) : Mh&czksXyh rjax }S/;Z rFkk gkbtu cxZ vfuf'prrk fl)kUr
Commit to memory ;kn j[kus gsrq %

h h 12.3
 =  =  = Å
mv 2emV V
h h h
 x . p  or x . (mv)   E.t  .
4 4 4
E-1. An electron in a H-atom in its ground state absorbs 1.5 times as much energy as the minimum required for
its escape (13.6 eV) from the atom. What is wavelength of the emitted electron.
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq esa ,d bysDVªkWu ewy voLFkk esa ijek.kq esa ls ckgj vk tkus ds fy, vko';d ÅtkZ (13.6 eV) ls 1.5 xquk
vf/kd ÅtkZ dk vo'kks"k.k djrk gSA mRlftZr bysDVªkWu ds fy, rjax}S/;Z D;k gksxh \
Ans. 4.71 Å
E-2. Deduce the condition when the De-Broglie wavelength associated with an electron would be equal to that
associated with a proton if a proton is 1836 times heavier than an electron.
ml fLFkfr dks Kkr djks] tc ,d bysDVªkWu dh Mh&czksXyh rjax}s/;Z ,d izksVksu dh Mh&czksXyh rjax}s/;Z ds cjkcj gks tk;s]
;fn ,d izksVksu ,d bysDVªkWu ls 1836 xquk Hkkjh gSA
Ans. ve = 1836 vp
E-3. An electron, practically at rest, is initially accelerated through a potential difference of 100 volts. It then has
a de Broglie wavelength = 1 Å. It then get retarded through 19 volts and then has a wavelength 2 Å. A further
3  2
retardation through 32 volts changes the wavelength to 3Å, What is 1 ?
foJkekoLFkk esa ,d bysDVªkWu] izkjaHk esa 100 oksYV ds foHkokUrj ls Rofjr fd;k tkrk gSaA rc bldh Mh&czksXyh
rjaxnS/;Z = 1 Å gSA fQj bls 19 oksYV ls eafnr fd;k tkrk gS rFkk fQj bldh rjaxnS/;Z 2 Å gksrh gSA vkxs 32 oksYV dk
3  2
eanu rjaxnS/;Z dks ifjofrZr dj 3 Å dj nsrk gSA rks 1 dk eku Kkr djks \
20
Ans.
63
E-4. If an electron having kinetic energy 2 eV is accelerated through the potential difference of 2 Volt. Then
calculate the wavelength associated with the electron.
;fn xfrt ÅtkZ 2 eV okys ,d bysDVªkWu dks nks oksYV ds foHkokUrj ls Rofjr djrs gS] rc bysDVªkWu ds lkFk la;ksftr rjaxnSè;Z
dh x.kuk djksA
Ans. 6.15 Å
E-5. The uncertainty in position and velocity of the particle are 0.1 nm and 5.27×10–24 ms–1 respectively then find
the mass of the particle. (h = 6.625 × 10–34Js)
,d d.k dh fLFkfr vkSj osx esa vfuf'prrk Øe'k% 0.1 nm vkSj 5.27×10–24 m s–1 gS rks d.k dk nzO;eku Kkr djksA
(h = 6.625 × 10–34J-s)
Ans. ~
 100 gm
ADVATS - 7
Atomic Structure
Section (F) : Quantum mechanical model of atom, Shrodinger wave equation and orbital
concept
[k.M (F) : ijek.kq dk DokaVe ;kaf=kdh ekWMy] JkW;ksfMtj rjax lehdj.k rFkk d{kd fl)kUr
Commit to memory :
2 2 2 8  2m
    (E  V )   0  Radial nodes = n –  – 1,
x 2 y 2 z 2 h2
 Angular nodes =  ,  Total nodes = n – 1
;kn j[kus gsrq %

2 2 2 8  2m
    (E  V )   0  f=kT; uksM nodes = n –  – 1,
x 2 y 2 z 2 h2
 dks.kh; uksM =  ,  dqy uksM= n – 1
F-1. Find : (a) The number of radial nodes of 5s atomic orbital

(b) The number of angular nodes of 3dyz atomic orbital
(c) The sum of angular nodes and radial nodes of 4dxy atomic orbital
(d) The number of angular nodes of 3p atomic orbital
Kkr dhft, % (a) 5s ijekf.o; d{kd ds f=kT; uksMksa dh la[;k
(b) 3dyz ijekf.o; d{kd ds dks.kh; uksMksa dh la[;k
(c) 4dxy ijekf.o; d{kdksa ds fy, dks.kh; uksMksa o f=kT; uksMksa dk ;ksx
(d) 3p ijekf.o; d{kd ds dks.kh; uksMksa dh la[;k
Ans. a=4;b=2;c=3;d=1
F-2. An electron in a hydrogen atom finds itself in the fourth energy level.
(i) Write down a list of the orbitals that it might be in.
(ii) Can it be in all of these orbitals at once ?
(iii) Can you tell which orbital it is in ?
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq eas ,d bysDVªkWu prqFkZ ÅtkZ Lrj eas ik;k tkrk gSA
(i) ;g fdu&fdu d{kdksa esa gks ldrk gSA
(ii) ;g lHkh d{kdksa esa ,d lkFk gks ldrk gSA
(iii) ;g fdl d{kd esa gks ldrk gSA
Sol. (i) 4s , 4P , 4d , 4f
(ii) No, it will only be in one of them.
(iii) No. For the hydrogen atom , all orbitals with the same principal quantum number have the same energy
(they are degenerate).
(i) 4s , 4P , 4d , 4f
(ii) ugha] dsoy ,d d{kd esa ,d gksxkA
(iii) gkbMªkstu ds ijek.kq dks NksM+dj lHkh d{kdks ds lkFk leku eq[; Dok.Ve la[;k leku ÅtkZ j[krs gSA ¼;g iqu% mRiUu
gksrh gSA½
ADVATS - 8
Atomic Structure
Section (G) : Quantum numbers & Electronic configuration
[k.M (G) : DokaVe la[;k rFkk bySDVªkWfud foU;kl
Commit to memory :
 Number of subshell present in nth shell = n
 Number of orbitals present in nth shell = n2 .
 The maximum number of electrons in a principal energy shell = 2n2.
nh
 Angular momentum of any orbit =
2
 Number of orbitals in a subshell = 2 + 1
 Maximum number of electrons in particular subshell = 2 × (2 + 1)
h  h 
 L= ( 1) =   (  1)   2  
2  
 Orbitals present in a main energy level is ‘n2’.
 = n (n  2) B.M.
h
 Spin angular momentum = s( s  1)
2
1
 Maximum spin of atom = x No. of unpaired electron.
2
;kn j[kus gsrq %

 nth esa
mifLFkr midks'kksa dh la[;k = n
 nth dks'k
esa mifLFkr midks'kksa dh la[;k = n2 .
 eq[; ÅtkZ dks'k esa bysDVªkWuksa dh vfèkdre la[;k = 2n2.
nh
 fdlh Hkh d{kd dk dks.kh; laosx =
2
 midks'k esa d{kdksa dh la[;k = 2 + 1
 fdlh fo'ks"k midks'k esa bysDVªkWuksa dh vfèkdre la[;k = 2 × (2 + 1)
h  h 
 L= ( 1) =   (  1)   2  
2  
 eq[; ÅtkZ Lrj esa mifLFkr d{kd ‘n2’ gSA
 = n (n  2) B.M.
h
 pØ.k dks.kh; laosx = s( s  1)
2
1
 ijek.kq ds vfèkdre pØ.k = x v;qfXer bysDVªkWu dh la[;k
2
G-1. How many unpaired electrons are there in Ni+2 ion if the atomic number of Ni is 28.
Ni+2 vk;u esa fdrus v;qfXer bysDVªkWu gS] ;fn Ni dk ijek.kq Øekad 28 gS \
Ans. 2
G-2. Write the electronic configuration of the element having atomic number 56.
rRo ftldk ijek.kq Øekad 56 gS] mldk bysDVªksfud foU;kl fy[kksA
Ans. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s2 3d10 4p6 5s2 4d10 5p6 6s2.
ADVATS - 9
Atomic Structure
G-3. Given below are the sets of quantum numbers for given orbitals. Name these orbitals.
uhsps fn, x;ss DokaVe la[;k ds leqPp;ks ds fy, d{kdksa ds uke fy[kksA
(a) n = 3 (b) n = 5 (c) n = 4 (d) n = 2 (e) n = 4
=1 = 2 = 1 =0 =2
Ans. 3p, 5d, 4p, 2s, 4d
G-4. Point out the angular momentum of an electron in,

(a) 4s orbital (b) 3p orbital (c) 4th orbit (according to Bohr model)
buesa bysDVªkWu dk dks.kh; laosx irk yxkvks
(a) 4s d{kd (b) 3p d{kd (c) 4th d{kk (cksj izk:i ds vuqlkj)
h 2h
Ans. (a) 0, (b) , (c)
2 
G-5. Which of the following sets of quantum numbers are impossible for electrons ? Explain why in each case.
fuEu esa ls DokVae la[;k ds dkSuls leqPp; bysDVªkWu ds fy, vlEHko gS \ izR;sd ifjfLFkfr esa o.kZu djksA
Ans. Impossible sets of quantum numbers are (i), (iii), and (vi)
DokUVe la[;k ds vlEHko leqPp; (i), (iii) o (vi)
G-6. Find the total spin and spin magnetic moment of following ion.
fuEufyf[kr vk;u dk dqy pØ.k rFkk pØ.k pqEcdh; vk?kw.kZ Kkr djksA
(i) Fe+3 (ii) Cu+
Ans. (i) + 5/2 or – 5/2, spin magnetic moment = 35 B.M. (ii) 0, 0
Ans. (i) + 5/2 ;k – 5/2, pØ.k pqEcdh; vk?kw.kZ = 35 B.M. (ii) 0, 0
Section (H) : Nuclear chemistry
[k.M (H) : ukfHkdh; jlk;u
Commit to memory :
  : 2He4 ( 24He2+) (nucleus of He-atom)
 or – : –1e0 (fast moving electron emitted from nucleus)
  : 00 (electromagnetic radiation (waves) of high frequency)
 E = m × 931.478 MeV
;kn j[kus gsrq %

  : 2He4 ( 24He2+) (He-ijek.kq dk ukfHkd)
 or – : –1e0 (ukfHkd }kjk mRlftZr rhoz xfr'khy bysDVªkWu)
  : 00 (mPp rhozrk dh fo|qr pqEcdh; fofdj.k ¼rjaxsa½)
 E = m × 931.478 MeV
ADVATS - 10
Atomic Structure
H-1. Calculate the loss in mass during the change :
7
3 Li + 11H  2 24 He + 17.25 MeV
fuEu ifjorZu ds fy, nzO;eku esa {kfr crk;sa %
7
3 Li + 11H  2 24 He + 17.25 MeV
Ans. m = 3.07 × 10–26 g
H-2. When 24Mg is bombared with neutron then a proton is ejected. Complete the equation and report the new
element formed.
tc 24Mg ij U;wVªkWu dh ckSNkj dh tkrh gS] rc çksVksu mRlftZr gksrk gSA rc vfHkfØ;k ,oe~ fufeZr rRo dks crk;saA
H-3. Write equations for the following transformation :
fuEu :ikUrj.k ds fy, lehdj.k crk;sa %
(a) 14 (n, p) (b) 39
7 N 19 K (n,  )
H-4. Explain with reason the nature of emitted particle by :

(a) 38 (b) 35 (c) 80 (d) 40
20 Ca 18 Ar 32 Ge 20 Ca
mRlftZr d.k dh çd`fr dkj.k lfgr O;k[;k dhft, %
(a) 38 (b) 35 (c) 80 (d) 40
20 Ca 18 Ar 32 Ge 20 Ca
H-5. For the given series reaction in nth step, find out the number of produced neutrons & energy.
Jà[kyk vfHkfØ;k esa nosa in ij mRikfnr U;wVªkWuksa dh la[;k ,oe~ ÅtkZ dk eku crk,saA
238 1
92 U  Ba + Kr + 30n + Energy ÅtkZ (E)
Ans. 3n, 3n – 1 E
PART - II : ONLY ONE OPTION CORRECT TYPE

Hkkx - II : dsoy ,d lgh fodYi çdkj (ONLY ONE OPTION CORRECT TYPE)
A-1. The element having no neutron in the nucleus of its atom is
(A*) Hydrogen (B) Nitrogen (C) Helium (D) Boron
rRo ftlds ukfHkd esa dksbZ U;wVªkWu ugha gS&
(A*) gkbMªkstu (B) ukbVªkstu (C) ghfy;e (D) cksjksu
A-2. The mass of cathode ray particle is :

(A*) Same for different gases (B) Different for different gases
(C) Minimum for H2 gas (D) Different for same gases
dSFkksM fdj.k d.k dk æO;eku gS %
(A*) fofHkUu xSlksa ds fy, leku (B) fofHkUu xSlksa ds fy, vleku
(C) H2 xSl ds fy, U;wure (D) leku xSlksa ds fy, vleku
A-3. The ratio of the "e/m" (specific charge) values of a electron and an -particle is -
(A) 2 : 1 (B) 1 : 1 (C) 1 : 2 (D*) None of these
,d bysDVªkWu rFkk ,d -d.k ds fof'k"V vkos'k ("e/m") ds vuqikr dk eku gksxk&
(A) 2 : 1 (B) 1 : 1 (C) 1 : 2 (D*) buesa ls dksbZ ugha
A-4. Rutherford's alpha particle scattering experiment eventually led to the conclusion that
(A) mass and energy are related
(B*) electrons occupy space around the nucleus
(C) neutrons are buried deep in the nucleus
(D) the point of impact with matter can be precisely determined
ADVATS - 11
Atomic Structure
jnjQksMZ iz;ksx esa -d.k QSy tkrs gSA bldk fu"d"kZ gS %
(A) æO;eku rFkk ÅtkZ lEcaf/kr gSA
(B*) bysDVªkWu] ukfHkd ds pkjksa vkSj ds LFkku dks ?ksjs jgrk gSA
(C) U;wVªkWu] ukfHkd esa xgjkbZ rd èkalk jgrk gSA
(D) fcUnq ds izHkko dks inkFkZ ds lkFk fuf'pr :i ls fuèkkZfjr dj ldrs gSA
A-5. The fraction of volume occupied by the nucleus with respect to the total volume of an atom is
ijek.kq ds dqy vk;ru ds lkis{k ukfHkd }kjk ?ksjk x;k vk;ru dk izHkkT; gSA
(A*) 10–15 (B) 10–5 (C) 10–30 (D) 10–10
64
A-6. The approximate size of the nucleus of 28 Ni is :
64
28 Ni ds ukfHkd dk yxHkx vkdkj ¼f=kT;k½ gS %
(A) 3 fm (B) 4 fm (C*) 5 fm (D) 2 fm

B-1. The MRI (magentic resonance imaging) body scanners used in hospitals operate with 400 MHz radio frequency.
The wavelength corresponding to this radio frequency is
pqEcdh; vuqukn izfrfcEc ¼MRI) 'kjhj lafpdk dks vLirkyksa esa 400 MHz jsfM;ksa vko`fÙk ds lkFk lapkfyr fd;k tkrk gS] bl
jsfM;ksa vko`fÙk ds lanHkZ esa rjax}S/;Z fuEu gS %
(A*) 0.75 m (B) 0.75 cm (C) 1.5 m (D) 2 cm
B-2. Photon of which light has maximum energy :
(A) red (B) blue (C*) violet (D) green
dkSuls izdk'k dk QksVkWu vf/kdre ÅtkZ j[krk gSA
(A) yky (B) uhyk (C*) cSaxuh (D) gjk
B-3. Electromagnetic radiations of wavelength 242 nm is just sufficient to ionise Sodium atom. Then the ionisation
energy of Sodium in kJ mole-1 is.
fo|qr pqEcdh; fofdj.k ftldh rjax nS/;Z 242 nm gS] lksfM;e ijek.kq dks vk;fur djus gsrq vko';d i;kZIr ÅtkZ j[krh
gS] rks lksfM;e dh vk;uu ÅtkZ fdyks twy@eksy (kJ/mol) esa Kkr djksA
(A*) 494.65 (B) 400 (C) 247 (D) 600
B-4. A bulb of 40 W is producing a light of wavelength 620 nm with 80% of efficiency then the number of photons
emitted by the bulb in 20 seconds are (1eV = 1.6 × 10–19 J, hc = 12400 eV Å)
40 W dk ,d cYc 80% n{krk ds lkFk 620 nm rjaxnS/;Z dk izdk'k mRikfnr djrk gSa rks 20 lSd.M esa cYc }kjk mRlftZr
fd, x;s QksVkWu dh la[;k fuEu gSaA (1eV = 1.6 × 10–19 J, hc = 12400 eV Å)
(A) 2 × 1018 (B) 1018 (C) 1021 (D*) 2 × 1021
B-5. Light of wavelength  falls on metal having work function hc/0. Photoelectric effect will take place only if :
dk;Z Qyu hc/0 ;qDr /kkrq ij rjax}S/;Z dk izdk'k vkifrr gksrk gSA izdk'k fo|qr izHkko dsoy rHkh mRiUu gksxk tc%
(A)   0 (B)   20 (C*)   0 (D)   0/2
B-6. A photon of energy h is absorbed by a free electron of a metal having work function w < h. Then :
(A) The electron is sure to come out
(B) The electron is sure to come out with a kinetic energy (h – w)
(C) Either the electron does not come out or it comes with a kinetic energy (h – w)
(D*) It may come out with a kinetic energy less than (h – w)
h ÅtkZ ;qDr ,d QksVkWu dk /kkrq ¼ftldk dk;Z Qyu w < hgS½ ds ,d eqDr bysDVªkWu }kjk vo'kks"k.k gksrk gSA rc%
(A) bysDVªkWu fuf'pr :i ls ckgj fudysxkA
(B) (h – w) xfrt ÅtkZ ;qDr bysDVªkWu fuf'pr :i ls ckgj fudysxkA
(C) ;k rks bysDVªkWu ckgj ugha fudysxk ;k (h – w) xfrt ÅtkZ ;qDr fudysxkA
(D*) (h – w) ls de xfrt ÅtkZ okyk bysDVªkWu ckgj fudy ldrk gSA
ADVATS - 12
Atomic Structure
C-1. Correct order of radius of the st orbit of H, He+, Li2+, Be3+ is :
H, He+, Li2+, Be3+ dh izFke d{kk dh f=kT;k dk lgh Øe gS %
(A*) H > He+> Li2+ > Be3+ (B) Be3+ > Li2+> He+ > H
+ 3+ 2+
(C) He > Be > Li > H (D) He+ > H > Li2+ > Be3+
C-2. What is likely to be orbit number for a circular orbit of diameter 20 nm of the hydrogen atom :
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds 20 usuksehVj O;kl ds ,d o`Ùkh; d{kk ds fy;s laHkkfor d{kk la[;k D;k gS %
(A) 10 (B*) 14 (C) 12 (D) 16
C-3. Which is the correct relationship :
(A) E1 of H = 1/2 E2 of He+ = 1/3 E3 of Li2+ = 1/4 E4 of Be3+
(B*) E1(H) = E2(He+) = E3 (Li2+) = E4(Be3+)
(C) E1(H) = 2E2(He+) = 3E3 (Li2+) = 4E4(Be3+)
(D) No relation
dkSulk lEcU/k lgh gSA
(A) E1 of H = He+ of 1/2 E2 = 1/3 E3 of Li2+ = Be3+ ds 1/4 E4 (B*) E1(H) = E2(He+) = E3 (Li2+) = E4(Be3+)
(C) E1(H) = 2E2(He+) = 3E3 (Li2+) = 4E4(Be3+) (D) dksbZ lEcU/k ugha
C-4. If velocity of an electron in  orbit of H atom is V, what will be the velocity of electron in 3rd orbit of Li+2
H ijek.kq ds  d{kk esa bysDVªkWu dk osx V gSa rks Li+2 dh rhljh d{kk esa bysDVªkWu dk osx D;k gksxk \
(A*) V (B) V/3 (C) 3 V (D) 9 V
C-5. In a certain electronic transition in the hydrogen atoms from an initial state (1) to a final state (2), the
difference in the orbital radius (r1 – r2) is 24 times the first Bohr radius. Identify the transition.
s u ijek.kq dh fdlh ,d izkjfEHkd voLFkk (1) ls vfUre voLFkk (2) esa ,d bysDVªksfud laØe.k gksrk gSA ftudh d{kkvkas
gkbMªkt
dh f=kT;k dk vUrj (r1 – r2), izFke cksj f=kT;k dk 24 xquk gSA laØe.k dks igpkfu,A
(A*) 5  1 (B) 25  1 (C) 8  3 (D) 6  5
C-6. Match the following
(a) Energy of ground state of He+ (i) + 6.04 eV
(b) Potential energy of  orbit of H-atom (ii) –27.2 eV
(c) Kinetic energy of  excited state of He+ (iii) 54.4 V
(d) Ionisation potential of He+ (iv) – 54.4 eV
fuEufyf[kr dks lqesfyr dhft, %
(a) He+ dh ewy voLFkk dh ÅtkZ (i) + 6.04 eV
(b) H-ijek.kq ds izFke d{kk dh fLFkfrt ÅtkZ (ii) –27.2 eV
(c) He+ dh f}rh; mÙksftr voLFkk dh xfrt ÅtkZ (iii) 54.4 V
(d) He+ dk vk;uu foHko (iv) – 54.4 eV
(A) A – (i), B – (ii), C – (iii), D – (iv) (B) A – (iv), B – (iii), C – (ii), D – (i)
(C*) A – (iv), B – (ii), C – (i), D – (iii) (D) A – (ii), B – (iii), C – (i), D – (iv)
C-7. S1 : Potential energy of the two opposite charge system increases with the decrease in distance.
S2 : When an electron make transition from higher orbit to lower orbit it's kinetic energy increases.
S3 : When an electron make transtition from lower energy to higher energy state its potential energy increases.
S4 : 11eV photon can free an electron from the 1st excited state of He+ -ion.
S1 : nks foijhr vkosf'kr ra=k dh fLFkfrt ÅtkZ esa] nwjh esa deh ds lkFk o`f) gksrh gSA
S2 : tc ,d bysDVªkWu mPprj d{kk ls fuEurj d{kk esa laØe.k djrk gS rks bldh xfrt ÅtkZ esa o`f) gksrh gSA
S3 : tc ,d bysDVªkWu fuEurj ÅtkZ Lrj ls mPprj ÅtkZ Lrj esa tkrk gS rks bldh fLFkfrt ÅtkZ esa o`f) gksrh gSA
S4 : He+ vk;u dh izFke mRrsftr voLFkk ls 11 eV dk QksVkWu] ,d bysDVªkWu ckgj fudky ldrk gSA
(A) T T T T (B*) F T T F (C) T F F T (D) F F F F
ADVATS - 13
Atomic Structure
[k.M (D) : LisDVªe
D-1. The energy of hydrogen atom in its ground state is –13.6 eV. The energy of the level corresponding to n = 5
is :
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq eas ewy voLFkk dh ÅtkZ –13.6 eV gS] rks n = 5 ls lacaf/kr ÅtkZ dk eku Kkr djksA
(A*) –0.54 eV (B) –5.40 eV (C) –0.85 eV (D) –2.72 eV
D-2. The wavelength of a spectral line for an electronic transition is inversely proportional to :
(A) number of electrons undergoing transition
(B) the nuclear charge of the atom
(C) the velocity of an electron undergoing transition
(D*) the difference in the energy involved in the transition
bysDVªksfud laØe.k ls mRiUu LisDVªy js[kk dh rjax}S/;Z] O;qRØekuqikrh :i ls fdlls lacaf/kr gksrh gS %
(A) laØe.k djus okys bysDVªkuks dh la[;k (B) ijek.kq dk ukfHkdh; vkos'k
(C) laØe.k djus okys bysDVªkWu dk osx (D*) laØe.k ls lacaf/kr ÅtkZ dk vUrj
D-3. In a sample of H-atom electrons make transition from 5th excited state upto ground state, producing all
possible types of photons, then number of lines in infrared region are
H-ijek.kq ds uewus esa bySDVªkWu] 5th mÙksftr voLFkk ls ewy voLFkk rd laØe.k dj lHkh laHko QksVkWu mRikfnr djrs gSa] rks
vojDr {ks=k esa js[kkvksa dh la[;k fuEu gSa %
(A) 4 (B) 5 (C*) 6 (D) 3
D-4. Total no. of lines in Lyman series of H spectrum will be (where n = no. of orbits)
H LisDVªe ds ykbeu Js.kh esa dqy js[kkvksa dh la[;k gksxhA (n = d{kkvksa dh la[;k)
(A) n (B*) n – 1 (C) n – 2 (D) n (n + 1)
D-5. No. of visible lines when an electron returns from 5th orbit upto ground state in H spectrum :
gkbMªkstu LisDVªe esa tc ,d bySDVªkWu ik¡poh d{kk ls ewy voLFkk rd okil vkrk gS rks n`'; js[kkvksa dh la[;k gSA
(A) 5 (B) 4 (C*) 3 (D) 10
D-6. Suppose that a hypothetical atom gives a red, green, blue and violet line
spectrum . Which jump according to figure would give off the red spectral
line.
(A) 3  1
(B) 2  1
(C) 4  1
(D*) 3  2
ekuk fd ,d dkYifud ijek.kq ,d yky] gjk] uhyk rFkk cSaxuh js[kh; LisDVªe nsrk
gSA fuEu esa ls dkSu ls laØe.k }kjk yky LisDVªeh js[kk feyrh gSA
(A) 3  1
(B) 2  1
(C) 4  1
(D*) 3  2
D-7. The difference between the wave number of 1st line of Balmer series and last line of paschen series for Li2+ ion
is :
Li2+ vk;u ds fy, ckWej Js.kh dh 1st js[kk rFkk ik'pu Js.kh dh vfUre js[kk dh rjax la[;k ds chp vUrj fuEu gSa %
R 5R R
(A) (B) (C) 4R (D*)
36 36 4

E-1. The approximate wavelength associated with a gold-ball weighing 200 g and moving at a speed of 5 m/hr is
of the order of
,d lksus dh xsan ftldk Hkkj 200 xzke gS] rFkk 5 m/hr dh pky ls xfr dj jgh gS] bldh rjaxnS/;Z dk yxHkx eku gksxk%
(A) 10–1 m (B) 10–20 m (C*) 10–30 m (D) 10–40 m
ADVATS - 14
Atomic Structure
E-2. What possibly can be the ratio of the de Broglie wavelengths for two electrons each having zero initial energy
and accelerated through 50 volts and 200 volts ?
nks bySDVªkWu ftudh izkjfEHkd ÅtkZ 'kwU; gS rFkk ftUgs 50 oksYV o 200 oksYV ls Rofjr fd;k tkrk gSa rks lEHkkfor Mh&czksXyh
rjax}S/;Z dk vuqikr D;k gSA
(A) 3 : 10 (B) 10 : 3 (C) 1 : 2 (D*) 2 : 1
E-3. In H-atom, if ‘x’ is the radius of the first Bohr orbit, de Broglie wavelength of an electron in 3rd orbit is:
H-ijek.kq esa ;fn izFke cksj d{kk dh f=kT;k ‘x’ gS rks r`rh; d{kk esa ,d bysDVªkWu dh rjax}S/;Z Kkr djksA
9x x
(A) 3  x (B*) 6  x (C) (D)
2 2
E-4. An -particle is accelerated through a potential difference of V volts from rest. The de-Broglie’s wavelength
associated with it is
,d  d.k fojke voLFkk ls foHkokUrj V okWYV ls Rofjr gksrk gS rks Mh&czksXyh rjaxnS/;Z ds lkFk mldk lEcU/k fuEu gksxk
150 0.286 0.101 0.983
(A) Å (B) Å (C*) Å (D) Å
V V V V
E-5. de-Broglie wavelength of electron in second orbit of Li2+ ion will be equal to de-Broglie of wavelength of
electron in
(A) n = 3 of H-atom (B*) n = 4 of C5+ ion (C) n = 6 of Be3+ ion (D) n = 3 of He+ ion
2+
Li vk;u dh nwljh d{kk esa bysDVªkWu dh Mh&czksXyh rjax&nS/;Z] fuEu esa ls fdlesa bysDVªkWu dh Mh&czksXyh rjaxnS/;Z ds cjkcj
gksxh&
(A) H-ijek.kq dh n = 3 esa (B*) C5+ vk;u dh n = 4 esa (C) Be3+ vk;u dh n = 6 esa (D) He+ vk;u dh n = 3 esa
E-6. The wavelength of a charged particle ________the square root of the potential difference through which it is
accelerated :
(A*) is inversely proportional to (B) is directly proportional to
(C) is independent of (D) is unrelated with
,d vkosf'kr d.k dh rjax}S/;Z] bldks ftl foHko vUrjky ls mÙksftr fd;k tkrk gS] mlds oxZ ewy ds ________gksrh gSA
(A*) O;qRØekuqikrh (B) lh/ks lekuqikrh
(C) ls Lora=k (D) ds lkFk vlEcfU/kr
E-7. The uncertainty in the momentum of an electron is 1.0 × 10–5 kg m s–1 . The uncertainty in its position will be:
(h = 6.626 × 10–34 Js)
,d bysDVªkWu ftlds laosx esa vfuf'prrk 1.0 × 10–5 kg m s–1 gS] bldh fLFkfr esa vfuf'prrk D;k gksxh
(h = 6.626 × 10–34 Js)
(A) 1.05 × 10–28 m (B) 1.05 × 10–26 m (C*) 5.27 × 10–30 m (D) 5.25 × 10–28 m
concept :
F-1. The correct time independent Schrödinger’s wave equation for an electron with E as total energy and V as
potential energy is :
bysDVªkWu dh dqy ÅtkZ E ,oe~ fLFkfrt ÅtkZ V ds fy, le; ls Lora=k JksafMtj lehdj.k crk;sa %
 2  2  2 8 2  2  2  2 8m
(A) 2
 2
 2
 2
(E  V )  0 (B) 2
 2
 2
 (E  V )  0
x y z mh x y z h2
 2  2  2 8 2 m  2  2  2 8m 2
(C*)    (E  V )  0 (D)    (E  V )  0
x 2 y 2 z 2 h2 x 2 y 2 z 2 h
ADVATS - 15
Atomic Structure
F-2. The maximum radial probability in 1s-orbital occurs at a distance when : [ r0 = Bohr radius ]
fdl nwjh ds fy, 1s-d{kd esa f=kT; çkf;drk vf/kdre gksxh % [r0 = cksj f=kT;k]
r0 r0
(A*) r = r0 (B) r = 2r0 (C) r = (D) 2 r =
2 2
F-3. Consider following figure A and B indicating distribution of charge density (electron probability 2) with
distance r.
Select the correct statement :

(A) A and B both are for 1s (B) A and B both are for 2s
(C) A is for 2s, B is for 1s (D*) A is for 1s, B is for 2s
vkos'k ?kuRo dk forj.k (bysDVªkWu çkf;drk 2) ,oe~ nwjh r dk fp=k A o B esa n'kkZ;k x;k gS %
lgh dFku dks pqfu;s %

(A) 1s ds fy, A o B nksuksa (B) 2s ds fy, A o B nksuksa
(C) 2s ds fy, A, 1s ds fy, B (D*) 1s ds fy, A, 2s ds fy, B
F-4. The maximum probability of finding electron in the dxy orbital is :

(A) Along the x-axis (B) Along the y-axis
(C*) At an angle of 450 from the x and y axis (D) At an angle of 900 from the x and y axis.
dxy d{kd ds fy, bysDVªksu ds ik;sa tkus dh vf/kdre çkf;drk gS %
(A) x-v{k ij (B) y-v{k ij
0
(C*) x ,oa y v{k ls 45 ds dks.k ij (D) x ,oa y v{k ls 900 ds dks.k ij
F-5. 3py orbital has..........nodal plane :

(A) XY (B) YZ (C*) ZX (D) All of these
3py d{kd dk..........uksMy ry %
(A) XY (B) YZ (C*) ZX (D) mijksDr lHkh
F-6. A 3p-orbital has
(A) Two non-spherical nodes (B) Two spherical nodes
(C*) One spherical and one non spherical nodes (D) One spherical and two non spherical nodes
3p-d{kd esa gksxsa %
(A) nks dks.kh; uksM (B) nks f=kT; uksM
(C*) ,d dks.kh; rFkk nwljk f=kT; uksM (D) ,d dks.kh; rFkk nks f=kT; uksM
F-7. According to Schrodinger model nature of electron in an atom is as :
(A) Particle only (B) Wave only
(C*) Particle and wave nature simultaneous (D) Sometimes waves and sometimes particle
JksafMxj ds vuqlkj ijek.kq es bysDVªku dh izo`fr gksrh gSA
(A) dsoy d.k tSlh (B) dsoy rajx tSlh
(C*) d.k vkSj rjax nksuksa lkFk&lkFk (D) dqN le; rajx o dqN le; d.k
ADVATS - 16
Atomic Structure
F-8. Consider the following statements :
(a) Electron density in the XY plane in 3d orbital is zero
x2  y2
(b) Electron density in the XY plane in 3d z 2 orbital is zero.

(c) 2s orbital has one nodal surface
(d) for 2pz orbital, XY is the nodal plane.
Which of these are incorrect statements :
(A) a & c (B) b & c (C) Only b (D*) a, b
fuEu dFkuksa ij fopkj dhft, %
(a) 3d 2 2 d{kd esa XY ry esa bysDVªkWu ?kuRo 'kwU; gksrk gSA
x y
(b) 3d z 2 d{kd esa XY ry esa bysDVªkWu ?kuRo 'kwU; gksrk gSA

(c) 2s d{kd esa ,d uksMylrg gksrh gSA
(d) 2pz d{kd esa XY uksMy
ry gksrk gSA
buesa ls dkSulk dFku vlR; gS %
(A) a rFkk c (B) b rFkk c (C) dsoy b (D*) a, b
F-9. Which of the following d-orbitals has dough-nut shape ?

fuEu esa ls dkSuls d-d{kd MQ uV (dough-nut) vkd`fr j[krs gSA
(A) dxy (B) dyz (C) d x 2  y 2 (D*) d z 2
F-10. The permissible solution to the schrodinger wave equation gave an ideal of ........... quantum number
-----------------------JksfMxaj rjax lehdj.k dks gy djus us ij fdruh Dok.Ve la[;k dks le>k;k x;k gSA
(A) 4 (B*) 3 (C) 2 (D) 1

G-1. The orbital with zero orbital angular momentum is :
d{kd ftldk d{kh; dks.kh; laosx 'kwU; gksrk gSA
(A*) s (B) p (C) d (D) f
G-2. Which of the following is electronic configuration of Cu2+ (Z = 29) ?
fuEufyf[kr esa ls dkSulk Cu2+ dk bysDVªksfud foU;kl gSA (Z = 29) ?
(A) [Ar]4s1 3d8 (B) [Ar]4s2 3d10 4p1 (C) [Ar]4s1 3d10 (D*) [Ar] 3d9
G-3. Spin magnetic moment of Xn+ (Z = 26) is 24 B.M. Hence number of unpaired electrons and value of n
respectively are :
Xn+ (Z = 26) dk pØ.k pqEcdh; vk?kw.kZ 24 B.M. gSA vr% blesa v;qfXer bysDVªkWu dh la[;k rFkk n dk eku D;k gksxk\
(A*) 4, 2 (B) 2, 4 (C) 3, 1 (D) 0, 2
G-4. Which of the following ions has the maximum number of unpaired d-electrons?
fuEufyf[kr esa ls dkSulk vk;u vf/kdre la[;k esa v;qfXer d-bysDVªkWu j[krk gSA
(A) Zn2+ (B*) Fe2+ (C) Ni3+ (D) Cu+
G-5. The total spin resulting from a d7 configuration is :
d7 foU;kl esa dqy ifj.kkeh pØ.k gSA
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 5/2 (D*) 3/2
G-6. Given is the electronic configuration of element X :

K L M N
2 8 11 2
The number of electrons present with  = 2 in an atom of element X is :
ADVATS - 17
Atomic Structure
fdlh rRo X dk bysDVªkWfud foU;kl fn;k x;k gS %
K L M N
2 8 11 2
rRo X ds ,d ijek.kq esa = 2 okys bysDVªkWuks dh la[;k gS %
(A*) 3 (B) 6 (C) 5 (D) 4
G-7. Consider the ground state of Cr atom (Z = 24). The numbers of electrons with the azimuthal quantum
numbers,  = 1 and 2 are, respectively :
(A) 16 and 5 (B*) 12 and 5 (C) 16 and 4 (D) 12 and 4
Øksfe;e ijek.kq (Z = 24) dh ewy voLFkk ds lanHkZ esa  = 1 vkSj 2 ls lacaf/kr bysDVªkWuksa dh la[;k Øe'k% gksrh gSA
(A) 16 rFkk 5 (B*) 12 rFkk 5 (C) 16 rFkk 4 (D) 12 rFkk 4
G-8. The orbital angular momentum of an electron in 2s-orbital is :

1 h h h
(A) + (B*) zero (C) (D) 2
2 2 2 2
2s-d{kd esa ,d bysDVªkWu ds fy, d{kh; dks.kh; laosx D;k gS %
1 h h h
(A) + (B*) 'kwU; (C) (D) 2
2 2 2 2
G-9. The possible value of  and m for the last electron in the Cl– ion are :
(A) 1 and 2 (B) 2 and + 1 (C) 3 and – 1 (D*) 1 and – 1
Cl– vk;u ds vfUre bysDVªkWu ds fy,  rFkk m dk eku D;k gks ldrk gSA
(A) 1 rFkk 2 (B) 2 rFkk + 1 (C) 3 rFkk – 1 (D*) 1 rFkk – 1
G-10. For an electron, with n = 3 has only one radial node. The orbital angular momentum of the electron will be
n = 3 okys bysDVªkWu ds fy,] dsoy ,d f=kT; uksM gSA bysDVªkWu dk d{kh; dks.kh; laosx gksaxkA
h h  h 
(A) 0 (B) 6 (C*) 2 2 (D) 3  2 
2  

H-1. 11 on decay produces :
6 C
(A*) Positron (B) -particle (C) -particle (D) none of these
11
6 C {k; gksus ij fuEu dk fuekZ.k djrk gS %
(A*) iksthVªkWu (B) -d.k (C) -d.k (D) buesa ls dksbZ ugha
H-2. 60 is radioactive because :

27 Co
(A) its atomic number is high (B) it has high p/n ratio
(C*) it has high n/p ratio (D) none of these
60
27 Co jsfM;klfØ; gS] bldk dkj.k fuEu gS %
(A) mPp ijek.kq Øekad ds dkj.k (B) mPp p/n vuqikr ds dkj.k
(C*) mPp n/p vuqikr ds dkj.k (D) buesa ls dksbZ ugha
H-3. Consider -particles, -particles and -rays, each having an energy of 0.50 MeV. The increasing order of
penetration power is :
(A*)  <  <   (B)  <  <  (C)  <  <  (D)  <  < 
ekuk dh -d.k, -d.k rFkk -fdj.k] çR;sd dh ÅtkZ 0.50 MeV gSA rc Hksnu {kerk dk vkjksgh Øe gS %
(A*)  <  <   (B)  <  <  (C)  <  <  (D)  <  < 
ADVATS - 18
Atomic Structure
H-4. 27 is a stable isotope. 29 is expected to disintegrate by :
13 Al 13 Al
(A) -emission (B*) -emission (C) positron emission (D) proton emission
27 29
13 Al ,d LFkk;h leLFkkfud gSA 13 Al
ds fy, vka'kkfdr fo?kVu gS %
(A) -mRltZu (B*) -mRltZu (C) iksthVªksu mRltZu (D) çksVkWu mRltZu
H-5. Which of the following nuclear emission will generate an isotope :
(A) -emission (B*) neutron emission (C) -emission (D) positron emission
fuEu esa ls dkSulh ukfHkfd; mRltZu] leLFkkfud dk fuekZ.k djsxh %
(A) -mRltZu (B*) U;wVªkWu mRltZu (C) -mRltZu (D) iksthVªksu mRltZu
H-6. The total number of - and -particles given out during given nuclear transformation is :
238 214
92 U  82 Pb
fuEu ukfHkfd; LFkkukUrj.k esa mRlftZr dqy - ,oe~ -d.k dh la[;k crk;sa %
238 214
92 U  82 Pb
(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 6 (D*) 8
PART - III : MATCH THE COLUMN

Hkkx - III : dkWye dks lqesfyr dhft, (MATCH THE COLUMN)
1. List-I List-II
(i) Cathode rays (a) Helium nuclei
(ii) Dumb-bell (b) Uncertainty principle
(iii) Alpha particles (c) Electromagnetic radiation
(iv) Moseley (d) p-orbital
(v) Heisenberg (e) Atomic number
(vi) X-rays (f) Electrons
lwph-I lwph-II
(i) dsFkksM fdj.ks (a) ghfy;e ukfHkd
(ii) MEcsy (b) vfuf'prrk dk fl)kar
(iii) vYQk d.k (c) fo|qr pqEcdh; fofdj.k
(iv) ekslys (d) p-d{kd
(v) gkbtsucxZ (e) ijek.kq la[;k
(vi) X-fdj.ks (f) bysDVªkWu
Ans. (i – f) ; (ii – d) ; (iii – a) ; (iv – e) ; (v – b) ; (vi – c)
2. Frequency = f, Time period = T, Energy of nth orbit = En, radius of nth orbit = rn, Atomic number = Z,
Orbit number = n
List-I List-II
(i) f (p) n3
(ii) T (q) Z2
1
(iii) En (r) 2
n
1
(iv) r (s) Z
n
vko`fÙk = f, vkorZdky = T, nth d{kk dh ÅtkZ = En, nth d{kk dh f=kT;k = rn, ijek.kq Øekad = Z, d{kk la[;k = n gSA
lwph-I lwph-II
(i) f (p) n3
(ii) T (q) Z2
1
(iii) En (r) 2
n
1
(iv) r (s) Z
n
Ans. (i – q) , (ii – p), (iii – q, r) , (iv – r, s).
ADVATS - 19
Atomic Structure
3. List-I List-II
(i) Aufbau principle (p) Line spectrum in visible region
(ii) de broglie (q) Maximum multiplicity of electron
(iii) Angular momentum (r) Photon
(iv) Hund’s rule (s)  = h/(mv)
(v) Balmer series (t) Electronic configuration
(vi) Planck’s law (u) mvr
lwph-I lwph-II
(i) vkQckÅ fl)kar (p) n`'; {ks=k esa js[kh; LisDVªe
(ii) Mh czksXyh (q) bySDVªkWu dh vf/kdre cgqydrk
(iii) dks.kh; laosx (r) QksVkWu
(iv) gq.M fu;e (s)  = h/(mv)
(v) ckej Js.kh (t) bysDVªksfud foU;kl
(vi) Iykad fu;e (u) mvr
Ans. (i – t) ; (ii – s) ; (iii – u) ; (iv – q) ; (v – p) ; (vi – r)
4. Match List-I with List-II and select the correct answer using the codes given below in the lists (n, and m are
respectively the principal, azimuthal and magnetic quantum no.)
List-I List-II
(A) Number of value of  for an energy level(n) (p) 0, 1, 2, ............. (n - 1)
(B) Values of  for a particular type of orbit (q) + to – through zero
(C) Number of value of m for  = 2 (r) 5
(D) Values of 'm' for a particular type of orbital (s) n
lwph-I dks lwph-II ds lkFk lqesfyr dhft;s vkSj uhps fn;s dksMksa dk mi;ksx dj lgh mÙkj pqfu;s (n,  vkSj m Øe'k% eq[;
fnxa'kh; vkSj pqEcdh; DokaVe la[;k gaS)
lwph-I lwph-II
(A) ,d ÅtkZ Lrj (n) ds fy,  ds ekuksa dh la[;k (p) 0, 1, 2, ............. (n - 1)
(B) fdlh fuf'pr izdkj ds d{kd ds fy,  dk eku (q) + ls – 'kwU; ls gksdj
(C)  = 2 ds fy;s m ds ekuksa dh la[;k (r) 5
(D) fdlh fuf'pr izdkj ds d{kd ds fy;s 'm' dk eku (s) n
Ans. (A – s) ; (B – p) ; (C – r) ; (D – q)
ADVATS - 20
Atomic Structure

PART - I : ONLY ONE OPTION CORRECT TYPE
Hkkx-I : dsoy ,d lgh fodYi çdkj (ONLY ONE OPTION CORRECT TYPE)

1. Which is not true with respect to cathode rays ?
(A) A stream of electrons (B) Charged particles
(C*) Move with same speed as that of light (D) Can be deflected by electric field
dSFkksM+ fdj.kksa ds lanHkZ esa dkSulk fodYi lgh ugha gS \
(A) ;g izokfgr bysDVªkWu gS (B) ;g vkosf'kr d.k gS
(C*) ;g çdk'k ds leku xfr'khy d.k (D) oS|qr {ks=k }kjk ijkofrZr fd;k tk ldrk gSA
2. The mass to charge ratio (m/e) for a cation is 1.5 × 10–8 kg/C. What is the mass of this atom ?
(A) 2.4 × 10–19 g (B) 2.4 × 10–27 g (C*) 2.4 × 10–24 g (D) None of these
/kuk;u ds nzO;eku&vkos'k vuqikr (m/e) dk nzO;eku 1.5 × 10–8 kg/C gSA bl ijek.kq dk nzO;eku D;k gS \
(A) 2.4 × 10–19 g (B) 2.4 × 10–27 g (C*) 2.4 × 10–24 g (D) buesa ls dksbZ ugha
3. An oil drop has 6.39 × 10–19 C charge. Find out the number of electrons in this oil drop.
,d rSyh; cwan dk vkos'k 6.39 × 10–19 C gSA bl rSyh; cwan esa bysDVªkWuksa dh la[;k Kkr dhft,A
(A) 2 (B*) 4 (C) 6 (D) 8

4. Which of the following statement is true in the context of photoelectic effect ?
(A) The kinetic energy of ejected electron is independent of the intensity of a radiation.
(B) The number of photoelectrons ejected depends upon the intensity of the incident radiation.
(C) The kinetic energy of the emitted electrons depends on the frequency of the incident radiation.
(D*) All of these
izdk'k oS|qr izHkko ds lanHkZ esa dSulk dFku lgh gS \
(A) eqDr bysDVªkWu dh xfrt ÅtkZ fofdj.k dh rhozrk ds LorU=k gSA
(B) eqDr izdkf'kd bysDVªkWuksa dh la[;k vkifrr fofdj.kksa dh çcyrk ij fuHkZj gksrh gSA
(C) mRlftZr bysDVªkuksa dh xfrt ÅtkZ vkifrr fofdj.kksa dh vko`fr ij fuHkZj djrh gSA
(D*) mijksDr lHkh
5. A light source of wavelength  illuminates a metal and ejects photo-electrons with (K.E.)max = 1 eV

Another light source of wavelength , ejects photo-electrons from same metal with (K.E.)max = 4eV
3
Find the value of work function ?
(A) 1 eV (B) 2 eV (C*) 0.5 eV (D) None of these
 rjaxnS/;Z dk ,d izdk'k L=kksr ,d /kkrq dks iznhIr djds] 1 eV xfrt ÅtkZ dk izdkf'kd bysDVªkWu mRlftZr djrk gSA

blh izdkj rjaxnS/;Z dk vU; izdk'k L=kksr leku /kkrq ls izdkf'kd bysDVªkWu mRlftZr djrk gSA (K.E.)max = 4eV
3
dk;Z Qyu dk eku Kkr dhft, \
(A) 1 eV (B) 2 eV (C*) 0.5 eV (D) buesa ls dksbZ ugha
ADVATS - 1
Atomic Structure
6. In Bohr's model of the hydrogen atom the ratio between the period of revolution of an electron in the orbit of
n = 1 to the period of the revolution of the electron in the orbit n = 2 is -
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds cksj ekWMy esa d{kk n = 1 esa bysDVªkWu ds ?kw.kZu ds vkorZdky rFkk d{kk n = 2 esa bysDVªkWu ds ?kw.kZu ds
vkorZdky dk vuqikr gS %
(A) 1 : 2 (B) 2 : 1 (C) 1 : 4 (D*) 1 : 8
7. In an atom, two electrons move round the nucleus in circular orbits of radii R and 4R. The ratio of the time
taken by them to complete one revolution is : (Consider Bohr model to be valid)
,d ijek.kq esa nks bysDVªkWu ukfHkd ds pkjks vksj f=kT;k R rFkk 4R dh o`Ùkh; d{kk esa pDdj yxkrs gS rks ,d ?kw.kZu dks iw.kZ
djus esa buds }kjk fy;s x;s le; dk vuqikr Kkr djksA ¼cksj çk:i ekU; gS½
(A) 1 : 4 (B) 4 : 1 (C*) 1 : 8 (D) 8 : 1
8. The angular momentum of an electron in a given orbit is J, Its kinetic energy will be :
,d nh xbZ d{kk esa bysDVªkWu dk dks.kh; laosx J gS rks bldh xfrt ÅtkZ D;k gksxh %
1 J2 Jv J2 J2
(A*) (B) (C) (D)
2 mr 2 r 2m 2
9. The potential energy of the electron present in the ground state of Be3+ ion is represented by:
Be3+ vk;u dh vk|voLFkk eas bysDVªkWu dh fLFkfrt ÅtkZ fuEu ds }kjk n'kkZ;h tkrh gS %
e2 e e2 e2
(A)  (B)  (C)  (D*) 
 0 r  0 r  0 r 2  0 r
10. The kinetic energy of the electron present in the ground state of Li2+ ion is represented by :
Li2+ vk;u dh vk| voLFkk esa mifLFkr bysDVªkWu dh xfrt ÅtkZ dk eku gksxk %
3e 2 3e 2 3e 2 3e 2
(A*) (B)  (C) (D) 
8 0 r 8 0 r 4 0 r 4  0 r
11. Which transition in Li2+ would have the same wavelength as the 2  4 transition in He+ ion ?
Li2+ ds fdl laØe.k dh rjaxnS/;Z He+ vk;u esa 2  4 laØe.k dh rjaxnS/;Z ds leku gS \
(A) 4  2 (B) 2  4 (C*) 3  6 (D) 6  2

[k.M (D) : LisDVªe
12.  Let 1 be the frequency of the series limit of the Lyman series, 2 be the frequency of the first line of the
Lyman series, and 3 be the frequency of the series limit of the Balmer series :
ekuks fd 1 ykbeu Js.kh dh Js.kh lhek dh vko`fÙk gSa, 2 ykbeu Js.kh dh izFke js[kk dh vko`fÙk gS o 3 ckej Js.kh dh Js.kh
lhek dh vko`fÙk 3 gS] rks
(A*) 1 – 2 = 3 (B) 2 – 1 = 3 (C) 3 = 1/2 (1 – 3) (D) 1 + 2 = 3
13. No. of visible lines when an electron returns from 5th orbit upto ground state in H spectrum :
tc ,d bysDVªkWu gkbMªkstu ijek.kq esa ik¡poha d{kk ls ewy voLFkk rd okil vkrk gS] rks LisDVªe esa n`'; js[kkvksa dh la[;k
gSA
(A) 5 (B) 4 (C*) 3 (D) 10
14. If the shortest wave length of Lyman series of H atom is x, then the wave length of the first line of Balmer
series of H atom will be -
;fn gkbMªkstu ijek.kq esa ykbeu Js.kh dh y?kqre rjax}S/;Z x gSa] rc H ijek.kq ds fy, ckej Js.kh ds izFke js[kk dh
rjax}S/;Z gksxhA
(A) 9x/5 (B*) 36x/5 (C) 5x/9 (D) 5x/36
ADVATS - 2
Atomic Structure
15. In a sample of H-atoms, electrons de-excite from a level ‘n’ to 1. The total number of lines belonging to
Balmer series are two. If the electrons are ionised from level ‘n’ by photons of energy 13 eV. Then the
kinetic energy of the ejected photoelectrons will be :
H-ijek.kq ds ,d uewus esa bysDVªkWu] Lrj ‘n’ ls 1 esa vuqÙksftr gksrk gSA rc ckej Js.kh ls lEcfU/kr dqy js[kkvksa dh la[;k
nks gSA ;fn bysDVªkWu] Lrj ‘n’ ls 13 eV ds QksVkWu dh ÅtkZ }kjk vk;fur gksrk gS rc mRlftZr QksVks bysDVªkWu dh xfrt
ÅtkZ gksxhA
(A*) 12.15 eV (B) 11.49 eV (C) 12.46 eV (D) 12.63 eV

16. A particle X moving with a certain velocity has a debroglie wave length of 1Å, If particle Y has a mass of 25%
that of X and velocity 75% that of X, debroglies wave length of Y will be :
,d d.k X, tks ,d fuf'pr osx ls ?kwerk gS] 1Å dh Mh&czksXyh rjax}S/;Z j[krk gSA ;fn Y d.k dk nzO;eku] X dk 25%
rFkk osx] X dk 75% gSa rks Y dh Mh&czksXyh rajx}S/;Z D;k gksxhA
(A) 3 Å (B*) 5.33 Å (C) 6.88 Å (D) 48 Å
17.  The ratio of the de-broglie wavelength of a proton and -particles will be 1 : 2 if their :
(A) velocity are in the ratio 1 : 8. (B*) velocity are in the ratio 8 : 1.
(C) kinetic energy are in the ratio 1 : 64. (D) kinetic energy are in the ratio 1 : 256.
,d izksVksu rFkk -d.kksa dh Mh&czksXyh rjaxnS/;Z dk vuqikr 1 : 2 gksxk ;fn muds &
(A) osx dk vuqikr 1 : 8 gSA (B*) osx dk vuqikr 8 : 1 gSA
(C) xfrt ÅtkZ dk vuqikr 1 : 64 gSA (D) xfrt ÅtkZ dk vuqikr 1 : 256 gSA
18. De Broglie wavelength of an electron after being accelerated by a potential difference of V volt from rest is
,d bysDVªkWu dh Mh&czksXyh rjax}S/;Z D;k gksxh] tc ;g fojke voLFkk ls V oksYV ds foHkokUrj ls Rofjr gksrk gSA
12.3 12 . 3 12. 3 12. 3
(A)  = Å (B*)  = Å (C)  = Å (D)  = Å
h V E m
19. If wavelength is equal to the distance travelled by the electron in one second, then -
;fn bysDVªkWu ds rjax}S/;Z dk eku ,d lSd.M esa bysDVªkWu }kjk r; dh xbZ nwjh ds leku gS] rc
h h h h
(A)  = (B)  = (C)  = (D*)  =
p m p m
20.  Uncertainty in position is twice the uncertainty in momentum. Uncertainty in velocity is :

fLFkfr easa vfuf'prrk] laosx esa vfuf'prrk dh nqxquh gks rks osx esa vfuf'prrk fdruh gS %
h 1 h 1 h
(A) (B) (C*)  (D)
 2m  2m 4
21. Consider an electron in the nth orbit of a hydrogen atom in the Bohr model. The circumference of the orbit can
be expressed in terms of the de Broglie wavelength  of the electron as :
cksj eksMy esa ,d gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh n d{kk esa bysDVªkWu dks mifLFkr ekusaA d{kk dh ifjf/k dks bysDVªkWu ds fy;s Mh&czksXyh
rjax nS/;Z  ds :i esa fy[kks %
(A) (0.529) n (B) n (C) (13.6)  (D*) n
concept :
22. Which orbital is non-directional
dkSulk d{kd fn'kkghu gSA
(A*) s (B) p (C) d (D) All lHkh
ADVATS - 3
Atomic Structure
23.  In case of d x 2  y 2 orbital
(A) Probability of finding the electron along x-axis is zero.
(B) Probability of finding the electron along y-axis is zero.
(C*) Probability of finding the electron is maximum along x and y-axis.
(D) Probability of finding the electron is zero in x-y plane
dx2  y 2 d{kd esa
(A) x-v{k ij bySDVªkWu ds ik;s tkus dh izkf;drk 'kwU; gSaA
(B) y-v{k ij bySDVªkWu ds ik;s tkus dh izkf;drk 'kwU; gSaA
(C*) x rFkk y v{k ij bySDVªkWu ds ik;s tkus dh izkf;drk vf/kdre gSaA
(D) x-y ry esa bySDVªkWu ds ik;s tkus dh izkf;drk 'kwU; gSaA
24. In an atomic orbital, the sign of lobes indicates the :

(A) sign of the probability distribution (B) sign of charge
(C*) sign of the wave function (D) presence or absence of electron
,d ijek.koh; d{kd esa ikfy;ksa (lobes) dks dkSulk fpUg bafxr djrk gS %
(A) izkf;drk forj.k dk fpUg (B) vkos'k dk fpUg
(C*) dk;Z Qyu dk fpUg (D) bysDVªkWu dh mifLFkfr ;k vuqifLFkfr

25. The correct set of four quantum numbers for the valence electron of Rubidium (Z = 37) is :
:fcfM;e (Z = 37) ds la;ksth bysDVªkWu ds fy, pkj Dok.Ve la[;k dk lgh leqPp; crkvks %
1 1
(A*) n = 5,  = 0, m = 0, s = + (B) n = 5,  = 1, m = 0, s = +
2 2
1 1
(C) n = 5,  = 1, m = 1, s = + (D) n = 6,  = 0, m = 0, s = +
2 2
26. The value of the spin magnetic moment of a particular ion is 2.83 Bohr magneton. The ion is :
,d fuf'pr vk;u ftlds pØ.k pqEcdh; vk?kw.kZ dk eku 2.83 cksj esXusVkWu gSa fuEu gS %
(A) Fe2+ (B*) Ni2+ (C) Mn2+ (D) Co3+
27. What are the values of the orbital angular momentum of an electron in the orbitals 1s, 3s, 3d and 2p -
1s, 3s, 3d o 2p d{kdksa esa mifLFkr bysDVªkWu ds fy, d{kh; dks.kh; laosx dk eku D;k gSa %
(A*) 0, 0, 6  , 2 (B) 1, 1, 4  , 2 (C) 0, 1 6  , 3 (D) 0, 0 20  , 6
28. After np orbitals are filled, the next orbital filled will be :
np d{kd Hkjus ds ckn] vxyk d{kd fuEu Hkjk tk;sxk %
(A*) (n + 1) s (B) (n + 2) p (C) (n + 1) d (D) (n + 2) s
29.  If n and  are respectively the principal and azimuthal quantum numbers, then the expression for calculating
the total number of electrons in any orbit is -
;fn nrFkk  Øe'k: eq[; rFkk fnxa'kh DokUVe la[;k gS rc fdlh Hkh d{kk esa dqy bysDVªkWu dh x.kuk djksA
 n   n 1   n 1   n 1
(A)  2 (2  1) (B)  2 (2  1) (C)  2 (2  1) (D*)  2 (2  1)
 1  1 0 0
30.  The quantum numbers + 1/2 and – 1/2 for the electron spin represent :
(A) Rotation of the electron in clockwise and anticlockwise direction respectively.
(B) Rotation of the electron in anticlockwise and clockwise direction respectively.
(C) Magnetic moment of the electron pointing up and down respectively,
(D*) Two quantum mechanical spin states which have no classical analogue.
ADVATS - 4
Atomic Structure
bysDVªkWu pØ.k ds fy, DokVae la[;k + 1/2 o – 1/2 D;k iznf'kZr djrh gS %
(A) bysDVªkWu ds Øe'k% okekorZ o nf{k.kk orZ fn'kk esa ?kweus ds fy,A
(B) bysDVªkWu ds Øe'k% nf{k.kkorZ o okekorZ fn'kk esa ?kweus ds fy,A
(C) bysDVªkWu dk pqEcdh; vk?kw.kZ Øe'k% Åij o uhps gksrk gSaA
(D*) nks DokVae ;kaf=kdh pØ.k voLFkk ftudk dksbZ 'kkL=kh; ln`'k (classical analogue) ugha gSA

206
31.  The number of  and  particles lost when 238 changes to 82 Pb :
92 U
206
238 Pb esa ifjofrZr gksrk gS rks  rFkk  d.kksa dh la[;k esa deh fuEu gS %
92 U , 82
tc
(A*) 8, 6 (B) 6, 6 (C) 6, 8 (D) 4, 4
PART - II : SINGLE AND DOUBLE VALUE INTEGER TYPE

Hkkx - II : ,dy ,oa f}&iw.kk±d eku izdkj ¼SINGLE AND DOUBLE VALUE INTEGER TYPE½
1. The ratio of specific charge (e/m) of a proton and that of an -particle is :
,d izksVksu rFkk  d.k ij fof'k"V vkos'k (e/m) dk vuqikr gSA
Ans. 2
2. Compare the energies of two radiation one with a wavelength of 300 nm and other with 600 nm.
,d rjax}S/;Z 300 nm rFkk nwljh rjax}S/;Z 600 nm ds lkis{k fofdj.kksa dh ÅtkZvksa dk vuqikr Kkr djksA
Ans. 2.
3.  The latent heat of fusion of ice is 330 J/g. Calculate the number of photons of radiation of frequency
5 × 1013 s –1 to cause the melting of 1 mole of ice. Take h = 6.6 × 10–34 J.S. Express your answer as
X × 1022, what is the value of 'X'.
cQZ ds xyu dh xqIr Å"ek 330 J/g gSaA cQZ ds 1 eksy dks fi?kykus ds fy, vko';d fofdj.k ds QksVkWuksa dh la[;k dh x.kuk
djks] ftudh vko`fÙk 5 × 1013 s–1 gSA ¼h = 6.6 × 10–34 J.S yhft,A½
Ans. 18
4. The work function for a metal is 40 eV. To emit photo electrons of zero velocity from the surface of the metal
the wavelength of incident light should be x nm.
,d /kkrq dk dk;Z Qyu 40 eV gSA /kkrq dh lrg ls 'kwU; osx ls xfr'khy bysDVªkWu izdk'k mRlftZr djrs gSA mRlftZr izdk'k
dh rjax}S/;Z x nm gksxhA
Ans. 31 nm

5. Electrons in a sample of H-atoms make transition from state n = x to some lower excited state. The emission
spectrum from the sample is found to contain only the lines belonging to a particular series. If one of the
3
maximum energy photons has an energy of 0.6375 eV, find the value of x. [Take 0.6375 eV = × 0.85 eV]
4
H-ijek.kqds ,d uewus esa bysDVªkWu n = x d{kk ls fdlh fupyh mÙksftr d{kk esa tkrk gSA bl uewus ds mRltZu LiSDVªe
dh lHkh js[kk,¡ fdlh ,d Js.kh ls lEc) gSaA vxj muesa ls vf/kdre ÅtkZ okys QksVkWu dh ÅtkZ 0.6375 eV gS, rks
3
x dk eku Kkr dhft,A [0.6375 eV dks × 0.85 eV yhft, ]
4
Ans. 8
ADVATS - 5
Atomic Structure
6. If first ionization potential of a hypothetical atom is 16 V, then the first excitation potential will be :
;fn ,d dkYifud ijek.kq dk izFke vk;uu foHko 16 V gS rks izFke mÙkstu foHko D;k gksxkA
Ans. 12
7. In hydrogen atom an orbit has a diameter of about 16.92Å. What is the maximum number of electrons that
can be accommodated.
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq esa ,d d{kd dk O;kl 16.92Å gSA blesa Hkkx ysus okys bysDVªkWuksa dh vf/kdre la[;k D;k gS \
Ans. 32

[k.M (D) : LisDVªe
8. Electrons in the H-atoms jump from some higher level upto 3rd energy level. If six spectral lines are possible
for the transition, find the initial position of electron.
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq esa bysDVªkWu fdlh fuf'pr mPp voLFkk ls 3rd ÅtkZ Lrj rd laØe.k djrs gaSA ;fn bl laØe.k ls N%
LisDVªeh js[kk;sa lEHko gS rks bysDVªkWu dh izkjfEHkd fLFkfr Kkr dhft,A
Ans. 6.
9. Photon having energy equivalent to the binding energy of 4th state of He+ atom is used to eject an
electron from the metal surface of work function 1.4 eV. If electrons are further accelerated through the
potential difference of 4V then the minimum value of De–broglie wavelength associated with the electron
is :
QksVkWu] ftldh ÅtkZ He+ ijek.kq dh pkSFkh voLFkk dh cU/kh ÅtkZ ds leku gS] dk mi;ksx 1.4 eV dk;Z Qyu dh /kkrq lrg
ls ,d bysDVªkWu fudkyus esa gksrk gSA ;fn fudys bysDVªkWu dks fQj 4V ds foHkokUrj ls Rofjr djs rc bysDVªkWu ds lkFk
lEcfU/kr Mh&czksXyh rjaxnS/;Z dk U;wure eku D;k gksxk %
Ans. 5Å
10. An electron in Li2+ ion makes a transition from higher state n2 to lower state n1 = 6. The emitted photons is
used to ionize an electron in H–atom from 2nd excited state. The electron on leaving the H–atom has a
de–Broglie wavelength  = 12.016 Å. Find the value of n2.
150  144 150
Note : Use (12.016)2 = 13.6  11 Å = KEeV
.
Li2+ vk;uksa
ds ,d izkn'kZ esa ,d bysDVªkWu mPp voLFkk n2 ls fuEu voLFkk n1 = 6 esa laØe.k djrk gSA blds QyLo:i
mRlftZr QksVkWu dks H–ijek.kq dh f}rh; mRrstu voLFkk esa mifLFkr bysDVªkWu dks vk;fur djus esa iz;qDr djrs gSaA
;fn H–ijek.kq ls vk;fur gksus okys bysDVªkWu dh Mh–czksXyh rjax }S/;Z  = 12.016 Å izkIr gksrh gS] rks n2 dk eku Kkr
djksA
150  144 150
uksV : (12.016)2 = 13.6  11 Å = KEeV yhft,A
Ans. 12
concept :
11. The radial distribution curve of 2s sublevel consists of x nodes, Find out value of x.
2s ds fy, f=kT; forj.k oØ x uksM j[krk gS] rc x dk eku gS %
Ans. 1
12. The wave function of atomic orbital of H like atoms is given as under
1
2s = z3/2 [2 – Zr]eZr/2
4 2
Given that the radius is in Å , then which of the following is radius for nodal surface for He+ Ion ?
ADVATS - 6
Atomic Structure
ijek.koh; d{kd dk dk;ZQyu H ijek.kq ds leku fn;k x;k gSA
1
2s = z3/2 [2 – Zr]eZr/2
4 2
f=kT;k Å esa nh xbZ gS] rks He+ vk;u dh uksMy lrg dh f=kT;k gksxh \
Ans. 1Å

13. How many of these orbitals have maximum orbital angular probability distribution is maximum at an angle of
45° to the axial direction.
dxy, d x 2  y 2 , dyz, dxz, d z 2 , Px, Py, Pz, s
dkSuls d{kd ds fy, v{kh; fn'kk ls 45° dks.k ij dks.kh; izkf;drk dk forj.k vf/kdre gksrk gSA
dxy, d x 2  y 2 , dyz, dxz, d z 2 , Px, Py, Pz, s
Ans. 3
14. Total number of electrons having n +  = 3 in Cr (24) atom in its ground state is :
Cr (24) esa vk| voLFkk esa dqy bysDVªksuksa dh la[;k D;k gksxh] ftuds fy, n +  = 3 gS %
Ans. 8
15. An ion Mna+ has the spin magnetic moment equal to 4.9 BM. The value of a is : (atomic no. of Mn = 25)
,d vk;u Mna+ dk pØ.k pqEcdh; vk?kw.kZ 4.9 BM ds leku gSA rc a dk eku gS : (Mn dk ijek.kq Øekad = 25)
Ans. +3

139 94
16. The number of neutrons accompanying the formation of 54 Xe and 38 Sr from the absorption of a slow
235
neutron by 92 U followed by nuclear fision is :
235 139 94
ukfHkd lay;u esa 92 Uij /khesa U;wVªkWuksa dh ckSNkj djkus ij 54 Xe rFkk 38 Sr dk fuekZ.k gksrk gSA bl izØe esa Hkkx ysus
okys U;wVªkWuks dh la[;k gS %
Ans. 3
PART - III : ONE OR MORE THAN ONE OPTIONS CORRECT TYPE

Hkkx - III : ,d ;k ,d ls vf/kd lgh fodYi çdkj
76
1. Isotone of 32 Ge is/are :
76
32 Ge dk@ds leU;wVªksfud gS@gSa %
(A) 77
(B*) 77 (C) 77
(D*) 78
32 Ge 33 As 34 Se 34 Se
2. Which of the following is iso-electronic with neon ?

fuEufyf[kr esa ls dkSulk fuvkWu ds lkFk le bysDVªksfud gSA
(A*) O2– (B*) F– (C) Mg (D) Na
3. When alpha particles are sent towards a thin metal foil, most of them go straight through the foil because
(A*) alpha particles are much heavier than electrons (B) alpha particles are positively charged
(C*) most part of the atom is empty space (D) alpha particles move with high speed
tc vYQk d.kksa dks iryh /kkrq dh iUuh esa ls xqtkjk tkrk gS] rks vf/kdka'k d.k iUuh esa ls lh/ks fudy tkrs gS D;ksafd&
(A*) vYQk d.k bysDVªkWu dh rqyuk esa vf/kd Hkkjh gksrs gSA (B) vYQk d.k /kukosf'kr gksrs gSA
(C*) ijek.kq dk vf/kdka'k Hkkx [kkyh gksrk gSA (D) vYQk d.k vf/kd osx ls xfr'khy gksrs gSaA
ADVATS - 7
Atomic Structure
4. From the -particle scattering experiment, Rutherford concluded that
(A*) -particle can come within a distance of the order of 10–14 m from the nucleus
(B*) the radius of the nucleus is less than 10–14 m
(C*) scattering followed Coulomb’s law
(D) the positively charged parts of the atom move with extremely high velocities
-d.k izdh.kZu ds iz;ksx ls jnjQksMZ us fu"d"kZ fudkyk fd %
(A*) -d.k ukfHkd ls 10–14 ehVj dh nwjh rd vk ldrk gSA (B*) ukfHkd dh f=kT;k 10–14 ehVj ls de gksrh gSA
(C*) izdh.kZu dwykWe fu;e dk vuqlj.k djrk gSA (D) ijek.kq ds /kukRed Hkkx mPp osx ls ?kwers gaSA
5.  A sodium street light gives off yellow light that has a wavelength of 600 nm. Then
12400 eV Å
(For energy of a photon take E =  (Å)
)
(A) frequency of this light is 7× 1014 s –1 (B*) frequency of this light is 5× 1014 s –1
(C) wavenumber of the light is 3 × 106 m –1 (D*) energy of the photon is approximately 2.07 eV
,d lksfM;e cYc gYdh ihyh jks'kuh nsrk gS ftldh rajx ns/;Z 600 nm gSA rc
12400 eV Å
(fn;k x;k gS] ,d QksVkWu dh ÅtkZ E =  (Å) )
(A) bl izdk'k dh vko`fr 7× 1014 s–1 gksxh (B*) izdk'k dh vko`fr 5× 1014 s–1 gksxh
(C) izdk'k dh rajx la[;k 3 × 106 m–1 (D*) QksVkWu dh ÅtkZ yxHkx 2.07 eV gksxh
6. The spectrum of He+ is expected to be similar to that of :

He+ dk LisDVªe fdlds leku gksrk gSA
(A*) Li2+ (B) He (C*) H (D) Na
7. Choose the correct relations on the basis of Bohr’s theory.
1 1
(A*) Velocity of electron  (B*) Frequency of revolution 
n n3
1
(C) Radius of orbit  n2 Z (D*) Electrostatic force on electron 
n4
cksj fl)kUr ds vk/kkj ij lgh lEcU/k dks pquksA
1 1
(A*) bysDVªkWu dk osx  (B*) ?kw.kZu dh vko`fÙk 
n n3
1
(C) d{kk dh f=kT;k  n2 Z (D*) bys D Vª k W u ij fLFkjoS | q f rdh cy 
n4
8. 1st excitation potential for the H-like (hypothetical) sample is 24 V. Then :
(A) Ionisation energy of the sample is 36 eV (B*) Ionisation energy of the sample is 32 eV
(C*) Binding energy of 3rd excited state is 2 eV (D*) 2nd excitation potential of the sample is 32 x 8 V
9
H-dh rjg ds uewus (dkYifud) ds fy, izFke mRrstu foHko dk eku 24 V gSA rc :
(A) uewus dh vk;uu ÅtkZ 36 eV gSA (B*) uewus dh vk;uu ÅtkZ 32 eV gSA
32 x 8
(C*) r`rh; mRrsftr voLFkk dh cU/ku ÅtkZ 2 eV gSA (D*) uewus dk f}rh; mRrstu foHko V gSA
9
9. In which transition, one quantum of energy is emitted ?

dkSuls laØe.k esa ÅtkZ dk ,d DokUVe mRlftZr gksrk gS \
(A*) n = 4  n = 2 (B*) n = 3  n = 1 (C*) n = 4  n = 1 (D*) n = 2  n = 1
10. In a H-like sample, electrons make transition from 4th excited state upto 2nd state. Then :
(A) 10 different spectral lines are observed
(B*) 6 different spectral lines are observed
(C*) number of lines belonging to the balmer series is 3
(D*) Number of lines belonging to paschen series is 2.
ADVATS - 8
Atomic Structure
,d gkbMªkstu leku uewus esa bysDVªkWu prqFkZ mRrsftr voLFkk ls f}rh; voLFkk esa laØe.k djrk gSA rc %
(A) 10 vyx&vyx LisDVªeh js[kk;sa izkIr gksrh gSA (B*) 6 vyx vyx LisDVªeh js[kk;sa izkIr gksrh gSA
(C*) ckej Js.kh ls lfEcfU/kr js[kkvksa dh la[;k 3 gSA (D*) ik'pu Js.kh ls lfEcfU/kr js[kkvksa dh la[;k 2 gSA
11. The change in angular momentum corresponding to an electron in Balmer transition inside a hydrogen atom
can be :
,d gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds ckej laØe.k esa bysDVªkWu ls lacaf/kr dks.kh; laosx esa ifjorZu dk eku D;k gks ldrk gS \
h h h h
(A) (B*) (C*) (D)
4  2 8
12. The qualitative order of Debroglie wavelength for electron, proton and  particle is e > P >  if
(A*) If kinetic energy is same for all particles
(B*) If the accelerating potential difference 'V' is same for all the particles (from rest)
(C*) If velocities are same for all particles
(D) None of the above
bySDVªkWu] izksVksu rFkk d.kksa ds fy, Mh&czksXyh rjaxnS/;Z dk xq.kkRed Øe e > P >  gSa] ;fn&
(A*) lHkh d.kksa ds fy, xfrt ÅtkZ leku gksa
(B*) lHkh d.kksa ds fy, Rofjr foHkokUrj 'V' leku gksa ¼fojkekoLFkk ls½
(C*) lHkh d.kksa ds fy, osx leku gksa
(D) mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha
13. Which of the following statements is/are correct for an electron of quantum numbers n = 4 and m = 2 ?
(A*) The value of  may be 2. (B*) The value of  may be 3.
(C*) The value of s may be +1/2. (D) The value of  may be 0, 1, 2, 3.
DokaVe la[;k n = 4 rFkk m = 2 ds ,d bysDVªkWu ds fy, fuEu esa ls dkSuls dFku lgh gS ?
(A*)  dk eku 2 gks ldrk gSA (B*)  dk eku 3 gks ldrk gSA
(C*) s dk eku +1/2 gks ldrk gSA (D)  dk eku 0, 1, 2, 3 gks ldrk gSA
14. If element 25X+Y has spin magnetic moment 1.732 B.M then
(A*) number of unpaired electron = 1 (B) number of unpaired electron = 2
(C) Y = 4 (D*) Y = 6
;fn rRo 25X+Y dk pØ.k pqEcdh; vk?kw.kZ 1.732 B.M gS rks
(A*) v;qfXer bysDVªkWu dh la[;k = 1 (B) v;qfXer bysDVªkWu dh la[;k = 2
(C) Y = 4 (D*) Y = 6
15. The magnitude of the spin angular momentum of an electron is given by
,d bysDVªkWu ds fy, pØ.k dks.kh; laosx dk ifjek.k gksxkA
h h 3 h 1 h
(A*) S = s( s  1) (B) S = s (C*) S =  (D) S = ± 
2 2 2 2 2 2
16. Which of the following statement(s) is (are) correct?

(A*) The electronic configuration of Cr is [Ar] (3d)5 (4s)1. (Atomic number of Cr = 24)
(B*) The magnetic quantum number may have negative values.
(C*) In silver atom, 23 electrons have a spin of one type and 24 of the opposite type. (Atomic number of Ag = 47)
(D) None of these
fuEu esa ls dkSulk@dkSuls dFku lgh gS@gSa \
(A*) Cr dk bysDVªksfud foU;kl [Ar] (3d)5 (4s)1 gSA (Cr dk ijek.kq Øekad = 24)
(B*) pqEcdh; DokUVe la[;k dk eku _.kkRed gks ldrk gSA
(C*) flYoj ijek.kq esa] 23 bysDVªkWu ,d pØ.k o 24 foijhr pØ.k ds gksrs gSaA (Ag dk ijek.kq Øekad = 47)
(D) buesa ls dksbZ ughaA
17. The configuration [Ar] 3d10 4s2 4p4 is similar to that of
(A) boron (B*) oxygen (C*) sulphur (D) aluminium
foU;kl [Ar] 3d10 4s2 4p4 fdlds le:i gS \
(A) cksjku (B*) vkWDlhtu (C*) lYQj (D) ,Y;qfefu;e
ADVATS - 9
Atomic Structure
18. Which consists of charged particles of matter?
(A*) -particle (B*) -particle (C) -rays (D*) Anode rays
fuEu esa ls dkSulk] inkFkZ ds vkosf'kr d.k j[krk gS\
(A*) -d.k (B*) -d.k (C) -fdj.k (D*) ,uksM fdj.ksa
19. Which of the following does not occur ?
fuEu esa ls dkSulk ?kfVr ugha gS \
40 1 40
(A) 20 Ca  0 n  19 K  11H (B) 24 4
12 Mg  2 He  27 1
14 Si  0 n
113 1
(C*) 48 Cd  0 n  112
48 Cd 
0
1e (D) 43 4
20 Ca  2 He  46
21Sc  11H
20. Pickout the correct statements :

(A*) Negative -decay decreases the proportion of neutrons and increases the proportion of proton.
(B*) Positive -decay increases the proportion of neutrons and decreases the proportion of proton.
(C) K-electron capture increases the proportion of neutrons and increases the proporiton of proton.
(D*) Positrons and electrons quickly unite to produce photons.
lgh dFku pqusa %
(A*) _.kkRed -{k; U;wVªkWu dh la[;k dks ?kVkrk gS ,oe~ çksVksu dh la[;k dks c<+krk gSA
(B*) /kukRed -{k; U;wVªkWu dh la[;k dks c<+krk gS ,oe~ çksVksu dh la[;k dks ?kVkrk gSA
(C) K-bysDVªkWu ixzg.k U;wVªkWu ,oe~ çksVksu dh la[;k dks c<+krk gSaA
(D*) iksthVªkWu ,oe~ bysDVªkWu rsth ls la;ksftr gksdj QksVkWu dk fuekZ.k djrs gSA
PART - IV : COMPREHENSION
Hkkx - IV : vuqPNsn (COMPREHENSION)
Read the following passage carefully and answer the questions.
fuEu vuqPNsn dks /;kuiwoZd if<+;s rFkk iz'uksa ds mÙkj nhft,A
Comprehension # 1
In the photoelectric effect the electrons are emitted instantaneously from a given metal plate, when it is
irradiated with radiation of frequency equal to or greater than some minimum frequency, called the threshold
frequency. According to planck's idea, light may be considered to be made up of discrete particles called
photons . Each photon carries energy equal to h. When this photon collides with the electron of the metal,
the electron acquires energy equal to the energy of the photon. Thus the energy of the emitted electron is
given by :
1
h = K.Emaximum + P. E. = mu2 + PE
2
If the incident radiation is of threshold frequency the electron will be emitted
without any kinetic energy i.e. h0 = PE
1
 mu2 = h – h0
2
A plot of kinetic energy of the emitted electron versus frequency of the
incident radiation yields a straight line given as
vuqPNsn # 1
izdk'k fo|qr izHkko esa /kkrq dh lrg ij U;wure vko`fÙk ¼nsgyh vko`fÙk dgrs gS½ ;k blls vf/kd ;k blds leku vko`fÙk dh
fofdj.ksa vkofrZr gksus ij bysDVªkWu mRlftZr gksrs gSA Iykad ds vuqlkj izdk'k fofdj.ksa vlrr~ d.kksa ls feydj cuh gksrh gS
bu d.kksa dks QksVkWu dgrs gSaA izR;sd QksVkWu dh ÅtkZ hds cjkcj gksrh gS tc QksVkWu /kkrq ds bysDVªkWuksa ls Vdjkrs gS rks
/kkrq ds bysDVªkWu QksVkWu ds leku ¼iw.kZ :i ls½ ÅtkZ xzg.k dj ysrs gSaA bl izdkj mRlftZr bysDVªkWu dh ÅtkZ fuEu lehdj.k
ls nh tkrh gS %
ADVATS - 10
Atomic Structure
1
h = K.Emaximum + P. E. = mu2 + PE
2
;fn vkifrr fofdj.kksa dh vko`rh nsgyh vko`fÙk ds leku gks rks mRlftZr bysDVªkWuksa
dh xfrt ÅtkZ 'kwU; gksxh vFkkZr~ h0 = PE
1
 mu2 = h – h0
2
mRlftZr bysDVªkuW ksa dh xfrt ÅtkZ rFkk vkifrr izdk'k dh vko`fÙk esa xzkQ ,d lh/kh js[kk
izkIr gksrk gSA tks fuEu izdkj gS %
1. A beam of white light is dispersed into its wavelength components by a Quartz prism and falls on a thin sheet
of potassium metal. What is the correct decreasing order of maximum kinetic energy of the electron emitted
by the different light component.
(A) blue > green > orange > yellow (B*) violet > blue > orange > red
(C) yellow > green > blue > violet (D) orange > yellow > blue > violet
;fn lQsn izdk'k dks DokVZ fizTe (Quartz prism) }kjk fofHkUu rjaxnS/;Z esa foHksfnr dj izR;sd jax ds izdk'k dks iksVsf'k;e
/kkrq dh iryh ijr ij Mkyk tkrk gS rks mRlftZr bysDVªkWuksa dh vf/kdre xfrt ÅtkZ dks ?kVrs Øe (decreasing order)
esa O;ofLFkr fdft;s ;fn fofdj.kksa ds fofHkUu jax iz;qDr gksA
(A) uhyk > gjk > ukajxh > ihyk (B*) csaxuh > uhyk > ukjaxh > yky
(C) ihyk > gjk > uhyk > casxuh (D) ukjaxh > ihyk > uhyk > csaxuh
2. A laser producing monochromatic light is used to eject electron from the sheet of gold having threshold
frequency 6.15 x 1014 s–1 which of the following incident radiation will be suitable for the ejection of electron:
(A) 1.5 moles of photons having frequency 3.05 × 1014 s–1
(B) 0.5 moles of photon of frequency 12.3 × 1012 s–1
(C*) One photon with frequency 5.16 × 1015 s–1
(D) All of the above
,d ,do.khZ fofdj.k (monochromatic light) mRiUu djus okys yslj ls izkIr QksVkWuksa dks Lo.kZ i=k ls bysDVªkuW ksa ds mRltZu
esa iz;qDr djrs gSA ;fn Lo.kZ i=k dss fy, nsgyh vko`fÙk 6.15 × 1014 s–1 gS rks bysDVªkWu mRltZu ds fy, fuEu esa ls dkSulk
vkifrr fofdj.k mi;qDr gksxkA
(A) 3.05 × 1014 s–1 vko`fÙk ds 1.5 eksy QksVkWu (B) 12.3 × 1012 s–1 vko`fÙk dk 0.5 eksy QksVkWu
(C*) 5.16 × 1015 s–1 vko`fÙk dk 1 QksVkWu (D) mijksDr lHkh
3. The number of photoelectrons emitted depends upon :

(A*) The intensity of the incident radiation
(B) The frequency of the incident radiation
(C) The product of intensity and frequency of incident radiation
(D) None of these
mRlftZr izdk'k-bysDVªkWuksa dh la[;k fuEu ls fdl ij fuHkZj djrh gSA
(A*) vkifrr fofdj.kksa dh rhozrk ij
(B) vkifrr fofdj.kksa dh vko`fÙk ij
(C) vkifrr fofdj.kksa dh vko`fÙk o rhozrk nksuksa ds xq.kuQy ds eku ij
(D) mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ugha
ADVATS - 11
Atomic Structure
Comprehension # 2
The only electron in the hydrogen atom resides under ordinary conditions
on the first orbit. When energy is supplied, the electron moves to
higher energy orbit depending on the amount of energy absorbed. When
this electron returns to any of the lower orbits, it emits energy. Lyman
series is formed when the electron returns to the lowest orbit while
Balmer series is formed when the electron returns to second orbit.
Similarly, Paschen, Brackett and Pfund series are formed when electron
returns to the third, fourth and fifth orbits from higher energy orbits
respectively (as shown in figure)
Maximum number of lines produced when electrons jump from nth
n(n  1)
level to ground level is equal to .
2
For example, in the case of n = 4, number of lines produced is 6. (4  3, 4  2, 4  1, 3  2, 3  1, 2 
1). When an electron returns from n2 to n1 state, the number of lines in the spectrum will be equal to
(n 2  n1 )(n 2  n1  1)
2
If the electron comes back from energy level having energy E2 to energy level having energy E1, then the
difference may be expressed in terms of energy of photon as :
hc
E2 – E1 = E , , E = h ( - frequency)
E
Since h and c are constants, E corresponds to definite energy; thus each transition from one energy level
to another will produce a light of definite wavelength. This is actually observed as a line in the spectrum of
hydrogen atom.
2
 1 1
Wave number of line is given by the formula   RZ  2  2  .
 n1 n 2 
where R is a Rydberg constant (R = 1.1 × 107 m–1)
(i) First line of a series : It is called ‘line of longest wavelength’ or ‘line of shortest energy’.
(ii) Series limit or last line of a series : It is the line of shortest wavelength or line of highest energy.
vuqPNsn # 2
lkekU; ifjfLFkfr;ksa ij izFke d{kk ij gkbMªkstu ijek.kq esa dsoy ,d bySDVªkWu
ik;k tkrk gSaA tc ÅtkZ nh tkrh gSa rks bySDVªkWu mPp ÅtkZ d{kk dh vksj tkrk 8
7
gSa tks vo'kksf"kr ÅtkZ dh ek=kk ij fuHkZj djrk gSaA tc ;g bysDVªkWu fdlh fuEu 6
d{kk dh vksj ykSVrk gSa rks ;g ÅtkZ mRlftZr djrk gSaA ykbeu Js.kh curh gSa 5
Qq.M Js.kh
4
tc bySDVªkWu fuEure d{kk esa vkrk gSaA tcfd ckWej Js.kh curh gSa tc bySDVªkWu czsdsV Js.kh
3
f}rh; d{kk esa vkrs gSA blh izdkj ik'pu] czsdsV rFkk Qq.M Js.kh curh gSa tc ik'ku Js.kh
bySDVªkWu mPp ÅtkZ d{kkvksa ls Øe'k% r`rh;] prqFkZ rFkk iape d{kk esa ykSVrs gSa 2
ckej Js .kh
¼tSlk fd fp=k esa n'kkZ;k x;k gSa½
tc ,d bySDVªkWu nth voLFkk ls ewy voLFkk esa tkrk gSa rks js[kkvksa dh vf/kdre
n(n  1)
la[;k ds cjkcj gksrh gSaA
2 1
ykbeu Js.kh
mnkgj.k ds fy, n = 4 dh ifjfLFkfr esa] izkIr js[kkvksa dh la[;k 6 gSaA (4  3, 4  2, 4  1, 3  2, 3  1, 2  1)

A tc ,d bySDVªkWu n2 ls n1 voLFkk esa vkrk gSa rks LisDVªe esa js[kkvksa dh la[;k fuEu ds cjkcj gksrh gSaA
(n 2  n1 )(n 2  n1  1)
2
;fn bySDVªkuW ÅtkZ Lrj E2 ls ÅtkZ Lrj E1 esa okfil vk tkrk gksa rks QksVkWu dh ÅtkZ dks fuEu izdkj ls O;Dr fd;k tkrk gSA
hc
E2 – E1 = E ,  , E = h ( - vko`fÙk)
E
ADVATS - 12
Atomic Structure
pawfd h rFkk c fu;rkad gSa] E fuf'pr ÅtkZ ds laxr gSa] vr% izR;sd ,d ÅtkZ Lrj ls nwljs ÅtkZ Lrj dh vksj laØe.k
,d fuf'pr rjaxnS/;Z dk izdk'k mRiUu djrk gSaA ;g okLro esa gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds LisDVªe esa js[kk ds :i esa izsf{kr fd;k
tkrk gSaA
 1 1
js[kk dh rjax la[;k dks lw=k   RZ 2  2  2  }kjk fn;k tkrk gSA
 n1 n2 
tgk¡ R fjM~cxZ fu;rkad (R = 1.1 × 107 m–1 ) gSaA
(i) ,d Js.kh dh izFke js[kk ^^lcls cM+h rjaxnS/;Z dh js[kk** vFkok ^^lcls NksVh ÅtkZ dh js[kk** dgykrh gSaA
(ii) Js.kh lhek vFkok Js.kh dh vfUre js[kk ^^lcls NksVh rjaxnS/;Z vFkok mPpre ÅtkZ dh js[kk** gksrh gSA
4.  Last line of Brackett series for H–atom has wavelength 1 Å and 2nd line of lyman series has wavelength
 2 Å, then :
H–ijek.kq ds fy, czsdsV Js.kh dh vfUre js[kk dh rjaxnS/;Z 1 Å ,oa ykbeu Js.kh dh 2nd js[kk dh rjaxnS/;Z  2 Å, rks %
128 9 16 9 4 1 128 8
(A*)  =  (B)  =  (C)  =  (D)  = 
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
5. Consider the following statements

1. Spectral lines of He+ ion belonging to Balmer series are not in visible range.
2. In the balmer series of H-atom maximum lines are in ultra violet region.
3. 2nd line of lyman series of He+ ion has energy 48.4 eV
The above statements 1, 2, 3 respectively are (T = True, F = False)
fuEu dFkuksa dk voyksdu dhft,&
1. He+ vk;u dh LisDVªeh js[kk,¡ tks fd ckWej Js.kh ls lacaf/kr gS] n`'; {ks=k esa ugha gksrh gSA
2. H-ijek.kq dh ckWej Js.kh dh vf/kdre js[kk,¡ ijkcSaxuh {ks=k esa gksrh gSA
3. He+ vk;u ds ykbeu Js.kh dh 2nd js[kk dh ÅtkZ 48.4 eV gSA
mijksDr 1, 2, 3 oDrO; Øe'k% gS (T = lR;, F = vlR;)
(A) T F F (B) F T T (C) T F T (D*) T T T
6.  Wave number of the first line of Paschen series in Be3+ ion is

Be3+ vk;u esa ik'pu Js.kh dh izFke js[kk dh rjax&la[;k fuEu gSa&
7R 7R 7R R
(A) (B) (C*) (D)
16 144 9 144
Comprehension # 3
h
de Broglie proposed dual nature for electron by putting his famous equation  = . Later on Heisenberg
mv
h
proposed uncertainty principle as p. x  . On the contrary, particle nature of electron was established
4
on the basis of photoelectric effect. When a photon strikes the metal surface, it gives up its energy to the
electron. Part of this energy (say W) is used by the electrons to escape from the metal and the remaining
energy imparts kinetic energy (1/2 mv2) to the ejected photoelectron. The potential applied on the surface to
reduce the velocity of photoelectron to zero is known as stopping potential.
vuqPNsn # 3
h
Mh&czkXs yh us bysDVªkWu dh }Sr izd`fr dks fuEu lehdj.k  = mv
}kjk le>k;kA ckn esa gkbtsucxZ us vfuf'prrk dk fl}kUr
h
izLrqr fd;kA tks fuEu gS p. x  , ysfdu bysDVªkWu dh d.k izo`fr izdk'k fo|qr izHkko }kjk izLrqr dh xbZ tc ,d
4
QksVkWu /kkrq dh lrg ls Vdjkrk gS rks viuh ÅtkZ /kkrq ds bysDVªkWu dks LFkkukUrfjr dj nsrk gS bl ÅtkZ dk dqN Hkkx bysDVªkuW
dks /kkrq dh lrg NksMus esa [kpZ gks tkrk gS (W) rFkk ÅtkZ dk 'ks"k Hkkx mRlftZr izdkf'k; bysDVªkWuksa dh xfrt ÅtkZ (1/
2 mv2) dks nsrk gSA /kkrq dh lrg ls mRlftZr bysDVªkSu dh xfrt ÅtkZ 'kwU; djus ds fy;s vko';d foHko dks jksd.k foHko
(stopping potential) dgrs gSA
ADVATS - 13
Atomic Structure
7. Uncertainity in the position of an electron (mass 9.1  10–31 kg) moving with a velocity 300 ms–1, accurate

upto 0.001% will be : ( 2m = 5.8  10–5)
e
,d bysDVªkWu (nzO;eku = 9.1  10–31 kg) ftldk osx 300 ms–1 gS] osx dks 0.001% 'kqf) ds lkFk Kkr fd;k tkrk gSA rks

bysDVªkWu dh fLFkfr esa vfuf'prrk gksxh ( 2m = 5.8  10–5)
e
(A) 19.2  10–2 m (B) 5.76  10–2 m (C) 3.84  10–2 m (D*) 1.92  10–2 m
8. When a beam of photons of a particular energy was incident on a surface of a particular pure metal having
work function = (40 eV), some emitted photoelectrons had stopping potential equal to 22 V, some had 12 V
and rest had lower values. Calculate the wavelength of incident photons assuming that at least one photoelectron
is ejected with maximum possible kinetic energy.
fdlh fuf'pr ÅtkZ ds QksVkWuksa dks ,d 'kq} /kkrq dh lrg ij vkifrr fd;k tkrk gS ftldk dk;Z Qyu 40 eV gSA ;fn
èkkrq ls mRlftZr dqN izdkf'k; bysDVªkWuksa dk jksd.k foHko (stopping potential) 22 V, dqN dk 12 V rFkk 'ks"k dk blls de
gksrk gS rks vkifrr QksVkuksa dh rjax }s/;Z Kkr dhft;sA ¼;g ekuk tk;s fd mRlftZr izdkf'k; bysDVªkWuksa esa de ls de ,d
izdkf'kd bysDVªkWu] vf/kdre laHko xfrt ÅtkZ j[krk gSA½
(A) 310 Å (B) 298 Å (C) 238 Å (D*) 200 Å
9. The circumference of third orbit of a single electron species is 3 nm. What may be the approximate wavelength
of the photon required to just ionize electron from this orbit.
,d ,dy bysDVªkWu Lih'kht ds r`rh; d{kk dh ifjf/k 3 nm gS rks bl d{kk ls bysDVªkWu dks vk;fur djus ds fy;s vko';d
QksVkWu dh rjax }S/;Z yxHkx gksxhA
(A) 91.1 nm (B) 364.7 nm (C*) 821 nm (D) 205 nm
Comprehension # 4
After the failure of Bohr atomic theory but its ability
to explain the atomic spectra a need was felt for
the new model that could incorporate, the concept
of stationary orbit, de Broglie concept, Heisenberg
uncertainty principle. The concept that in
corporate above facts is called quantum
mechanics of the atomic model wave mechanical
model. It includes set of quantum numbers and
|2|a mathematical expression of the probability
of finding an electron at all points in space.
This probability function is the best indication available of how the electron behaves, for as a consequence of
the Uncertainty Principle, the amount we can know about the electron is limited. While quantum mechanics
can tell us the exact probability of finding an electron at any two particular points, it does not tell us how the
electron moves from one of these points to the other. Thus the idea of an electron orbit is lost; it is replaced
with a description of where the electron is most likely to be found. This total picture of the probability of
finding an electron at various points in space is called an orbital.
There are various types of orbitals possible, each corresponding to one of the possible combinations of
quantum numbers. These orbitals are classified according to the value of n and l associated with them. In
order to avoid confusion over the use of two numbers, the numerical values of l are replaced by letters;
electrons in orbitals with l = 0 are called s-electrons those occupying orbitals for which l = 1 are p-electrons
and those for which l = 2 are called d-electrons. The numerical and alphabetical correspondences are
summarized in table. Using the alphabetical notation for l, we would say that in the ground state of hydrogen
atom (n = 1, l = 0) we have a 1s-electron, or that the electron moves in a 1s-orbital. The relation of the
spherical polar co-ordinates r, and to Cartesian coordinates x, y and z. To make the concept of an orbital
more meaningful, it is helpful to examine the actual solution of the wave function for the one-electron atom.
Because of the spherical symmetry of the atom, the wave functions are most simply expressed in terms of
a spherical polar-coordinate system, shown in fig., which has its orbit at the nucleus. It is found that the wave
functions can be expressed as the product of two functions, one of which (the “angular part” X) depends only
the angle and , the other of which (the “radial part” R) depends only on the distance from the nucleus. Thus
ADVATS - 14
Atomic Structure
we have (r, , ) = R(r) X (, )
Angular and radial parts of hydrogen atom wave functions
Angular part X() Radial part Rn, (r)
1/ 2 3/ 2
 1   z 
X(s) =   R(1s) = 2   e  / 2
 4   a0 
1/ 2 3/ 2
 3  1
 z 
X(px) =   sin cos R(2s) =   (2 – ) e  / 2
 4  2 2  a 0 
1/ 2 3/ 2
 3  1
 z 
X(py) =   sin sin R(2p) =    e  / 2
 4  2 6  a 0 
1/ 2
 3 
X(pz) =   cos
 4 
1/ 2
 5 
X(dz2) =   (3 cos2 – 1)
 16 
1/ 2 3/ 2
 15  1  z 
X(dxz) =   sin coscos R(3s) =  
9 3  a 0  (6  6   2 )e  / 2
 4 
1/ 2 3/ 2
 15  1  z 
X(dyz) =   sin cossin R(3p) =  
9 6  a 0  (4  )e  / 2
 4 
1/ 2 3/ 2
 15  1  z 
 2 e  / 2
X(dx2 – y2) =   2
sin  cos2 R(3d) =  
 4  9 30  a0 
1/ 2
 15 
X(dxy) =   sin2 sin 2
 4 
2Zr h2
 a 
na 0  0 4 2 me2
This factorization helps us to visualize the wave function, since it allows us to consider the angular and radial
dependences separately. It contains the expression for the angular and radial parts of the one electron atom
wave function. Note that the angular part of the wave function for an s-orbital it always the same, (1/4)1/2,
regardless of principal quantum number. It is also true that the angular dependence of the p-orbitals and of
the d-orbitals is independent of principle quantum number. Thus all orbitals of a given types (s, p, or d) have
the same angular behaviour The table shows, however, that the radial part of the wave function depends both
on the principal quantum number n and on the angular momentum quantum number l.
To find the wave function for a particular state, we simply multiply the appropriate angular and radial parts
together called normalized wave function.
The probability of finding an electron at a point within an atom is proportional to the square of orbital wave
function, i.e., 2 at that point. Thus, 2 is known as probability density and alwyas a positive quantity.
2 dV (or 2.4r2dr). represents the probability for finding electron in a small volume dV surrounding the
nucleus.
ADVATS - 15
Atomic Structure
vuqPNsn # 4
cksj ijek.kq fl)kar dh vlQyrk ds ckn bldh ijek.kq
LisDVªe dks le>kus dh {kerk ds dkj.k] ,d ,sls çfr:i
dh vko'drk vuqHko gqbZ tks fLFkj dks'k fl)kar] Mh&czkXs yh
fl)kar rFkk gkbtsucxZ ds vfuf'prrk ds fl)kar dks
lfEefyr dj lds A mijksDr rF;ksa dks lfEefyr djus
okys fl)kUr dks Dok.Ve ;kaf=kdh dgrs gSA blesa Dok.Ve
la[;kvksa dk leqPp; rFkk f=kfoe esa bysDVªkWu ds ik;s
tkus dh vf/kdre laHkkouk dks n'kkZus okyk xf.krh;
O;atd |2| lfEefyr gSA
;g çkf;drk Qyu] bysDVªkWu ds O;ogkj ds lanHkZ esa miyC/k loksZre lwpdkad gS] D;ksafd vfuf'prrk fl)kar ds dkj.k]
bysDVªkWu ds ckjs esa tkudkjh ds L=kksr lhfer gSA Dok.Ve ;kaf=kdh gesa fdUgh nks fof'"V fcUnqvksa ij bysDVªkWu ds ik;s tkus
dh lgh lEHkkouk crk ldrk gS] fdUrq bysDVªkW u ,d fcUnq ls nwljs fcUnq ij fdl çdkj tkrk gS] ;g ugh cryk ldrkA blfy,]
bysDVªkWu d{kk ladYiuk dk cfg"dkj gqvkA blds LFkku ij ,d u;h ladYiuk çLrqr gqbZ ftlesa bysDVªkWu ds ik;s tkus dh
vf/kdre lEHkkfor fopkj/kkjk dks çLrqr fd;k x;kA vr% vUrfj{k esa fofHkUu LFkkuksaA ij ,d bysDVªkWu ds ik;s tkus dh bl
lEHkkouk dks d{kd dgk x;kA
;gk¡ fofHkUu çdkj ds d{kd lEHko gS] çR;sd d{kd ds fy, lEHkkfor Dok.Ve la[;k dk ,d leqPp; gksrk gSA bu d{kdksa
dks buls lacaf/kr n rFkk l ds eku ds vk/kkj ij oxhZd`r fd;k x;k gSA nks Dok.Ve la[;kvksa dk ç;ksx djrs le; ;g /;ku
j[kuk pkfg,sa fd l esa vkafdd ekuksa dks dqN d{kdh; 'kCnksa ls lacaf/kr fd;k x;k gS tsSls % ;fn l = 0 j[kus okys d{kdksa dks
s-bysDVªkWu dgrs gSa] l = 1 j[kus okys d{kdksa ds bysDVªkWuksa dks p-bysDVªkWu dgrs gS rFkk l = 2 j[kus okys d{kdksa ds bysDVªkWuksa
dks d-bysDVªkWu dgrs gSA vkafdd eku ,oe~ o.kZekyk eku ds lca/k dks lkj.kh esa lwphc) fd;k x;k gSaA l ds fy, o.kZekyk ladsr
dk mi;ksx djrs le;] ge ;g dg ldrs gS fd gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh vk| voLFkk (n = 1, l = 0) esa] gesa 1s-bysDVªkWu çkIr
gksrk gS vFkkZr~ bysDVªkWu 1s-d{kd esa ços'k djrk gSA vc] xksyh; /kqzoh; lg&funsZ'kkad r, rFkk rFkk dVsZfu;e lg&funsZ'kkad
x, y rFkk z ds e/; laca/k LFkkfir fd;k x;kA d{kd ladYiuk dks vf/kd vFkZ iw.kZ cukus ds fy,] ,d&bysDVªkWu ijekk.kq ds
fy, rjax Qyu ds okLrfod foy;u dk ifj{k.k fd;k x;k vFkkZr~ bysDVªkWu ds rjax Qyu dk v/;;u fd;k x;k gSA ijek.kq
dh xksyh; leferh gksus ds dkj.k] rjax Qyuksa dks eq[;r;k ,d xksyh; /kqzoh;&funsZ'kkad ra=k ds :i esa ljy :i esa çLrqr
fd;k x;k] tSlkfd Åij fp=k esa n'kkZ;k x;k gS] ifj{k.k ds nkSjku ;g ik;k x;k fd rjax Qyu] nks rjax Qyuksa dk xq.kuQy
gks ldrh gS] ftlesa ,d Qyu ¼dks.kh; Hkkx X½ dsoy dks.k rFkk ij fuHkZj gksrh gS] rFkk bldh rjax Qyu ¼v{kh; Hkkx
R) dsoy ukfHkd ls nwjh ij fuHkZj djrh gSa vr% gesa fuEu lehdj.k çkIr gksrh gSA
(r, , ) = R(r) X (, )
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds dks.kh; ,oe~ v{kh; Hkkx ds rjax Qyu gSA fuEu gS
dks.kh; Hkkx X() v{kh; Hkkx Rn, (r)
1/ 2 3/ 2
 1   z 
X(s) =   R(1s) = 2   e  / 2
 4   a0 
1/ 2 3/ 2
 3  1
 z 
X(px) =   sin cos R(2s) =   (2 – ) e  / 2
 4  2 2  a 0 
1/ 2 3/ 2
 3  1
 z 
X(py) =   sin sin R(2p) =    e  / 2
 4  2 6  a 0 
1/ 2
 3 
X(pz) =   cos
 4 
1/ 2
2
 5 
X(d ) = 
z
 (3 cos2 – 1)
 16 
ADVATS - 16
Atomic Structure
1/ 2 3/ 2
 15  1  z 
X(dxz) =   sin coscos R(3s) =  
9 3  a 0  (6  6   2 )e  / 2
 4 
1/ 2 3/ 2
 15  1  z 
X(dyz) =   sin cossin R(3p) =  
9 6  a 0  (4  )e  / 2
 4 
1/ 2 3/ 2
 15  1  z 
 2 e  / 2
X(dx2 – y2) =   2
sin  cos2 R(3d) =  
 4  9 30  a0 
1/ 2
 15 
X(dxy) =   sin2 sin 2
 4 
2Zr h2
a  
na 0  0 4 2 me2
bl lac/a k vFkok foHkktu lac/a k }kjk rjax Qyu dks vklkuh ls le>k tk ldrk gSa] D;ksfa d bl lEcU/k ls Kkr gksrk gS fd rjax
Qyu ds dks.kh; ,oe~ v{kh; Hkkx ,d&nwljs ij fuHkZj ugha gksrs gSA blesa ,d bysDVªkWu ijek.kq ds rjax Qyu ds dks.kh; ,oe~
v{kh; Hkkx dks O;Dr fd;k x;k gSA ijUrq s-d{kd ds fy, rjax Qyu ds dks.kh; Hkkx dk eku ges'kk ,d&leku] jgrk gS] eq[;
DokUVe la[;k ls Lora=k ekurs gq,As ;g Hkh lR; gS fd p-d{kdksa ,oe~ d-d{kdksa dh dks.kh; fuHkZjrk eq[; Dok.Ve la[;k ij fuHkZj
ugha djrh gSA vr% fn;s x;s lHkh çdkj ds d{kd (1/4)1/2 leku dks.kh; O;ogkj j[krs gSA vr%] lkj.kh ls Li"V gS fd rjax
Qyu dk v{kh; Hkkx eq[; Dok.Ve la[;k n rFkk dks.kh; laosx Dok.Ve la[;k l nksuksa ij fuHkZj gksrk gSA
fdlh fuf'pr voLFkk dh rjax Qyu Kkr djus ds fy,] rjax Qyu ds mi;qZDr dks.kh; ,oe~ v{kh; nksuksa Hkkxksa dks xq.ku
djds ,d rjax Qyu çkIr fd;k tkrk gS] ftls fu;ec) rjax Qyu dgrs gSA
,d ijek.kq ds fdlh Hkh fcUnq ij bysDVªkWu ds ik;s tkus dh çkf;drk d{kd ds rjax Qyu ds oxZ ¼2½ ds lekuqikrh gksrh
gSA vr%] 2 dks çkf;drk ?kuRo dgrs gS rFkk bldk eku ges'kk /kukRed gh gksrk gSA
2 dV (or 2.4r2dr) ukfHkd ds pkjksa vksj ,d NksVs ls vk;ru dV esa ik;s tkus okys bysDVªkWu dh çkf;drk dks n'kkZrk gSA
10. The electron probability density for 1s-orbital is best represented by the relation
1s-d{kd esa bysDVªkWu çkf;drk ?kuRo dks fuEu esa ls fdl lEcU/k }kjk n'kkZrs gS %
3/2 r 3 2 zr
 
1  Z  a0 1 Z 
(A)   e (B*)    e a0
  
2   a0    a0 
3/2 r 3 2 zr
   a0
1 Z  a0 2 Z
(C)  
 e (D)   e

  a0    a0 
11. The angular wave function of which orbital will not disturb by the variation with azimuthal angle only
(A*) 1s and 2s (B) 2pz and 2dz2 (C) 2px and 3dz2 (D) 2px and 2s
dsoy f}xa'kh dks.k ds ifjorZu ls dkSuls d{kd dk dks.kh; rjax Qyu çHkkfor ugha gksxk %
(A*) 1s rFkk 2s (B) 2pz rFkk 2dz2 (C) 2px rFkk 3dz2 (D) 2px rFkk 2s
Comprehension # 5
Quantum numbers are assigned to get complete information of electrons regarding their energy, angular
momentum, spectral lines etc. Four quantum numbers are known i.e. principal quantum numbers
which tell the distance of electron from nucleus, energy of electron in a particular shell and its angular
momentum. Azimuthal quantum number tells about the subshells in a given shell and of course shape
of orbital. Magnetic quantum number deals with study of orientations or degeneracy of a subshell.
1 1
Spin quantum number which defines the spin of electron designated as + or – represented by
2 2
and respectively. Electron are filled in orbitals following Aufbau rule. Pauli's exclusion principal and
Hund's rule of maximum multiplicity. On the basis of this answer the following questions.
ADVATS - 17
Atomic Structure
vuqPNsn # 5
DokUVe la[;k, bysDVªkWu dh ÅtkZ] dks.kh; laosx] LisDVªeh js[kk;sa vkfn ls lEcfU/kr iw.kZ tkudkjh nsrh gSA DokUVe la[;k;sa
pkj gksrh gS tSls eq[; DokUVe la[;k;sa ukfHkd ls bysDVªkWu dh nwjh] fdlh fuf'pr dks'k esa bysDVªkWu dh ÅtkZ vkSj mldk
dks.kh; laosx crkrh gSA f}xa'kh DokUVe la[;k fn;s x;s dks'k esa midks'k ds ckjs esa vkSj d{kd ds vkdkj ds ckjs esa Hkh crkrh
gSA pqEcdh; DokUVe la[;k midks'k ds foU;kl ;k viHkz"Vrk (degenerate) ds ckjs esa crkrh gSA pØ.k DokUVe la[;k
1 1
bysDVªkWu ds pØ.k + ;k – dks crkrh gSa ftls Øe'k% vkSj ls n'kkZrs gSaA d{kdksa esa bysDVªkWu vkWQckÅ fu;e] ikmyh
2 2
fl)kUr vkSj gq.M ds vf/kdre cgqydrk ds fu;e ds vuqlkj Hkjrs gSaA buds vk/kkj ij fuEu iz'uksa ds mRrj nks &
12. Two unpaired electrons present in carbon atom are different with respect to their
(A) Principle quantum number (B) Azimuthul quantum number
(C*) Magnetic quantum number (D) Spin quantum number
dkcZu ijek.kq esa mifLFkr nks v;qfXer bysDVªkWu ,d nwljs ls fdl lanHkZ esa fHkUu gSaA
(A) eq[; DokUVe la[;k (B) f}ax'kh DokUVe la[;k
(C*) pqEcdh; DokUVe la[;k (D) pØ.k DokUVe la[;k
1
13. Number of electron having the quantum numbers n = 4,  = 0, s =  in Zn+2 ion is/are :
2
1
Zn2+ vk;u esa mu bysDVªkWuksa dh la[;k fdruh gksxh ftudh DokUVe la[;k;sa Øe'k% n = 4,  = 0, s =  gSA
2
(A) 1 (B*) 0 (C) 2 (D) 5
14. Spin angular momentum for unpaired electron in sodium (Atomic No. = 11) is
3 3 h
(A) (B*) 0.866 h/2 (C) – (D) None of these
2 2 2
lksfM;e (ijek.kq Øekad = 11) esa v;qfXer bysDVªkWu ds fy;s pØ.k dks.kh; laosx D;k gksxkA
3 3 h
(A) (B*) 0.866 h/2 (C) – (D) buesa ls dksbZ ugha
2 2 2
ADVATS - 18
Atomic Structure
* Marked Questions may have more than one correct option.

* fpfUgr iz'u ,d ls vf/kd lgh fodYi okys iz'u gS -
PART - I : JEE (ADVANCED) / IIT-JEE PROBLEMS (PREVIOUS YEARS)

Hkkx - I : JEE (ADVANCED) / IIT-JEE ¼fiNys o"kksZ½ ds iz'u
1. The orbit having Bohr radius equal to 1st Bohr orbit of H–atom is : [JEE 2004, 3/144]
(A) n = 2 of He+ (B) n = 2 of B+4 (C) n = 3 of Li+2 (D*) n = 2 of Be+3
st
og d{kk ftldh cksj f=kT;k] H-ijek.kq dh 1 cksj d{kk dh f=kT;k ds cjkcj gSA [JEE 2004, 3/144]
(A) He+ ds fy, n = 2 (B) B+4 ds fy, n = 2 (C) Li+2 ds fy, n = 3 +3
(D*) Be ds fy, n = 2
2. (a) The wave function of an electron in 2s orbital in hydrogen atom is given below :
3/2
1  z   r 
2s =   2   exp (– r/2a ) [JEE 2004, 4/60]
1/ 2 a   a0 
4(2)  0    0
where a0 is the Bohr radius. This wave function has a radial node at r = r0. Express r0 in terms of a0.
(b) Calculate the wavelength of a ball of mass 100 g moving with a velocity of 100 ms–1.
–8 
(c) 92
X238   Y. Find out atomic number, mass number of Y and identify it.
– 6
(a) ,d gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds 2s d{kd ds ,d bysDVªkWu ds fy, rajx Qyu dks fuEu izdkj ls iznf'kZr fd;k tkrk gSA
3/2
1  Z   r 
2s = 2  
a0  exp (–r/2a0) [JEE 2004, 4/60]
 
1/ 2  a  
4(2)  0 
tgk¡ a0 cksj f=kT;k gSA rjax Qyu H-ijek.kq ds fy, r = r0 ij f=kT;h; uksM j[krk gS] r0 dks a0 ds lUnHkZ esa O;Dr dhft,A
(b) ,d xasn ftldk nzO;eku 100 g gS rFkk tks 100 ms–1 ds osx ls xfr'khy gS] ds rjaxnS/;Z dh x.kuk dhft,A
–8 
(c) 92X238  Y, Y dk ijek.kq Øekad] nzO;eku la[;k crkb;s o bldh igpku djksA
– 6
Ans. (a) r = 2a
0
(b)  = 6.626 × 10–25 Å
(c) 82Y206 ; (Atomic no. 82, Mass no. 206) (ijek.kq la[;k 82, nzO;eku la[;k 206)
3. (a) Using Bohr’s model for hydrogen atom, find the speed of electron in the first orbit if the Bohr’s radius is
a0 = 0.529 × 10–10 m. Find deBroglie wavelength of the electron also.
h
(b) Find the orbital angular momentum of electron if it is in 2p orbital of H in terms of .
2
(a) gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds fy, cksj ekWMy dk mi;ksx djrs gq, izFke d{kk esa bysDVªkWu dh pky Kkr djks] ;fn cksj f=kT;k
a0 = 0.529 × 10–10 m gSaA bysDVªkWu ds fy, Mh&czksXyh rjax}S/;Z Hkh Kkr djksA
h
(b) bysDVªkWu ds d{kh; dks.kh; laosx dks ds inks esa O;Dr djks ;fn og bysDVªkWu H ds 2p d{kd esa gSA
2
[JEE 2005 ,4/144]
 h 
Ans. (a) 2.18  106 m/s, 3.32 × 10–10 m (b) 2 .  2 
ADVATS - 1
Atomic Structure
4. According to Bohr’s theory,
En = Total energy, Kn = Kinetic energy, Vn = Potential energy, rn = Radius of nth orbit
Match the following: [JEE 2006 ,6/184]
Column I Column II
(A) Vn / Kn = ? (p) 0
(B) If radius of nth orbit  Enx , x = ? (q) – 1
(C) Angular momentum in lowest orbital (r) – 2
1
(D)  Zy , y  ? (s) 1
rn
cksj fl)kUr ds vuqlkj]
En = dqy ÅtkZ, Kn = xfrt ÅtkZ] Vn = fLFkfrt ÅtkZ, rn = nth d{kk dh f=kT;k
fuEufyf[kr dks lqesfyr dhft,A [JEE 2006 ,6/184]
dkWye I dkWye II
(A) Vn / Kn = ? (p) 0
(B) ;fn nth d{kk dh f=kT;k  Enx , x = ? (q) – 1
(C) fuEure d{kd esa dks.kh; laosx (r) – 2
1
(D)  Zy , y  ? (s) 1
rn
Ans. [A — r] ; [B – q] ; [C – p] ; [D – s].
Paragraph for Question Nos. 5 to 7
The hydrogen-like species Li2+ is in a spherically symmetric state S1 with one radial node. Upon absorbing
light the ion undergoes transition to a state S2. The state S2 has one radial node and its energy is equal to the
ground state energy of the hydrogen atom.
iz'u 5 ls 7 ds fy, vuqPNsn

2+
gkbZMªkstu ds leku Lih'kht Li vk;u] xksyh; lefer voLFkk S1 esa gS] ftldk ,d f=kT; uksM gSA izdk'k vo'kks"k.k ij vk;u
dk laØe.k S2 voLFkk esa gks tkrk gSA voLFkk S2 dk ,d f=kT; uksM gS vkSj bldh ÅtkZ gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh fuEure voLFkk
dh ÅtkZ ds cjkcj gSA
5. The state S1 is : [JEE 2010, 3/163]
voLFkk S1 gS % [JEE 2010, 3/163]
(A) 1s (B*) 2s (C) 2p (D) 3s
6. Energy of the state S1 in units of the hydrogen atom ground state energy is : [JEE 2010, 3/163]
S1 voLFkk dh ÅtkZ] gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh fuEure voLFkk dh ÅtkZ ds ek=kd esa gS % [JEE 2010, 3/163]
(A) 0.75 (B) 1.50 (C*) 2.25 (D) 4.50
7. The orbital angular momentum quantum number of the state S2 is : [JEE 2010, 3/163]
voLFkk S2 dh d{kd dks.kh; laosx DokaVe la[;k gS % [JEE 2010, 3/163]
(A) 0 (B*) 1 (C) 2 (D) 3
8. The work function () of some metals is listed below. The number of metals which will show photoelectric
effect when light of 300 nm wavelength falls on the metal is [JEE 2011, 4/180]
Metal Li Na K Mg Cu Ag Fe Pt W
f (eV) 2.4 2.3 2.2 3.7 4.8 4.3 4.7 6.3 4.75
dqN /kkrqvksa dk dk;ZQyu (work function ()) uhps n'kkZ;k x;k gSA 300 nm rjax&nS/;Z ds izdk'k ds /kkrq ij iM+us ls
izdk'k&fo|qr izHkko (photoelectric effect) fn[kkus okys /kkrqvksa dh la[;k gS [JEE 2011, 4/180]
/kkrq Li Na K Mg Cu Ag Fe Pt W
f (eV) 2.4 2.3 2.2 3.7 4.8 4.3 4.7 6.3 4.75
Ans. 4
ADVATS - 2
Atomic Structure
9. The maximum number of electrons that can have principal quantum number, n = 3, and spin quantum
number, ms = –1/2, is [JEE 2011, 4/180]
bysDVªkWu dh vf/kdre la[;k tks eq[; DokUVe la[;k (principal quantum number), n = 3 rFkk izpØ.k DokUVe la[;k
(spin quantum number), ms = –1/2 j[k ldrs gSa] gSA [JEE 2011, 4/180]
Ans. 9
10. Bombardment of aluminum by -particle leads to its artificial disintegration in two ways, (I) and (ii) as shown.
Products X, Y and Z respectively are,
[JEE 2011, 3/180]
(A*) proton, neutron, positron (B) neutron, positron, proton

(C) proton, positron, neutron (D) positron, proton, neutron
vYQk d.k (-particle) dh ceckjh ls ,Y;wfefu;e dk d`f=ke fo?kVu uhps n'kkZ;s (i) rFkk (ii) çdkj ls gksrk gSA mRikn X,
Y rFkk Z Øe'k% gSa [JEE 2011, 3/180]
(A*) çksVku, U;wVªkWu, ikftVªkWu (B) U;wVªkWu, ikftVªkWu] çksVku

(C) çksVku, ikftVªkWu, U;wVªkWu (D) ikftVªkWu, çksVku, U;wVªkWu
11. The kinetic energy of an electron in the second Bohr orbit of a hydrogen atom is [a0 is Bohr radius] :
,d gkbMªkstu ijek.kq esa f}rh; cksj (Bohr) d{kk esa bysDVªkWu (electron) dh xfrt ÅtkZ (kinetic energy) gS
[a0 : cksj f=kT;k (Bohr radius)] [JEE 2012, 3/136]
h2 h2 h2 h2
(A) 4 2ma 2 (B) 16 2ma2 (C*) 322ma2 (D) 64 2ma2
0 0 0 0
12. The periodic table consists of 18 groups. An isotope of copper, on bombardment with protons, undergoes a
nuclear reaction yielding element X as shown below. To which group, element X belongs in the periodic table?
63 1
29 Cu 1 H  610 n  24   211H  X [JEE 2012, 4/136]
vkorZ lkj.kh esa 18 xzqi (group) gSA rkacs (copper) ds ,d leLFkkfud (isotope) ij izksVkWu (protons) ls ceckjh (bombard-
ment) djus ij uhps fn[kkbZ x;h ukfHkdh; vfHkfØ;k (nuclear reaction) gksrh gS ftleas rRo X tfur gksrk gSA rRo X vkorZ
lkj.kh ds fdl xqi esa gS\ [JEE 2012, 4/136]
63 1
29 Cu 1 H  610 n  24   211H  X
Ans. 8
ADVATS - 3
Atomic Structure
13.* In the nuclear transmutation
9 8
4 Be
 X  4 Be Y
(X, Y) is (are) : [JEE(Advanced) 2013, 3/120]
fuEufyf[kr ukfHkdh; rRokarj.k
9 8
4 Be  X  4 Be Y
esa (X, Y) gSa@gSa % [JEE(Advanced) 2013, 3/120]
(A*) (  , n) (B*) (p, D) (C) (n, D) (D) (  , p)
14. In an atom, the total number of electrons having quantum numbers n = 4, |m| = 1 and ms = –1/2 is
[JEE(Advanced) 2014, 3/120]
,d ijek.kq esa Dok.Ve la[;k n = 4, |m| = 1 rFkk ms = –1/2 j[kus okys bysDVªkuksa dh lEiw.kZ la[;k gS %
[JEE(Advanced) 2014, 3/120]
Ans. 6
15. Not considering the electronic spin, the degeneracy of the second excited state (n = 3) of H atom is 9, while
the degeneracy of the second excited state of H– is [JEE(Advanced) 2015, 4/168]
bysDVªkWu pØ.k dk fopkj u djrs gq;s H ijek.kq dh f}rh; mÙksftr voLFkk (n = 3) dh leHkza'krk (degeneracy) 9 gS] rc
H– dh f}rh; mÙksftr voLFkk dh leHkaz'krk gksxhA [JEE(Advanced) 2015, 4/168]
Ans. 3
PART - II : JEE (MAIN) / AIEEE PROBLEMS (PREVIOUS YEARS)

Hkkx - II : JEE (MAIN) / AIEEE ¼fiNys o"kksZ½ ds iz'u
1. Which of the following ions has the maximum magnetic moment? [AIEEE 2002, 3/225]
fuEu vk;uksa esa ls fdldk pqEcdh; vk?kw.kZ vf/kdre gS \ [AIEEE 2002, 3/225]
(1*) Mn+2 (2) Fe+2 (3) Ti+2 (4) Cr+2.
2. Energy of H-atom in the ground state is –13.6 eV, hence energy in the second excited state is :
[AIEEE 2002, 3/225]
vk| voLFkk esa H-ijek.kq dh ÅtkZ –13.6 eV gS] vr% f}rh; mÙksftr voLFkk esa ÅtkZ fuEu gSA
[AIEEE 2002, 3/225]
(1) – 6.8 eV (2) – 3.4 eV (3*) – 1.51 eV (4) – 4.53 eV
3. Uncertainity in position of a particle of 25 g in space is 10–15 m. Hence, Uncertainity in velocity (in m.sec–1) is:
(plank’s constant, h = 6.6  10–34 Js) [AIEEE 2002, 3/225]
vUrfj{k esa 25 g ds ,d d.k dh fLFkfr esa vfuf'prrk 10 m gSA vr% osx esa vfuf'prrk (m.sec–1 esa) fuEu gSA
–15
(Iykad fu;rkad, h = 6.6  10–34 Js) [AIEEE 2002, 3/225]

(1*) 2.1  10–18 (2) 2.1  10–34 (3) 0.5  10–34 (4) 5.0  10–24
4. The de-Broglie wavelength of a tennis ball of mass 60 g moving with a velocity of 10 m/s is approximately
(planck’s constant, h = 6.63  10–34 J-s) [AIEEE 2003, 3/225]
10 m/s osx ls xfr djus okyh 60 g dh ,d Vsful ckWy dh rjaxnS/;Z yxHkx fuEu gSA
(Iykad fu;rkad h = 6.63  10–34 J-s) [AIEEE 2003, 3/225]
(1*) 10–33 m (2) 10–31 m (3) 10–16 m (4) 10–25 m
5. In Bohr series of lines of hydrogen spectrum, the third line from the red end corresponds to which one of the
following inner-orbit jumps of the electron for Bohr orbits in an atom of hydrogen ? [AIEEE 2003, 3/225]
gkbMªkstu LiSDVªe dh cksj Js.kh dh js[kkvksa esa yky fljs ds laxr r`rh; js[kk ls lEcfU/kr bySDVªkWu dk dkSulk laØe.k gksxk\
[AIEEE 2003, 3/225]
(1) 3  2 (2*) 5  2 (3) 4  1 (4) 2  5
6. The numbers of d-electrons retained in Fe2+ (atomic number Fe = 26) ion is[AIEEE 2003, 3/225]
Fe2+ vk;u (ijek.kq Øekad Fe = 26) esa cps d–bySDVªkWu dh la[;k fuEu gSA [AIEEE 2003, 3/225]
(1) 3 (2) 4 (3) 5 (4*) 6
ADVATS - 4
Atomic Structure
h
7. The orbital angular momentum for an electron revolving in an orbit is given by  (   1) . This momentum
2
for an s-electron will be given by [AIEEE 2003, 3/225]
h
,d d{kk esa Hkze.k djus okys ,d bysDVªkWu dk d{kh; dks.kh; laosx  (  1) gSA fuEu }kjk ,d s-bySDVªkWu ds fy,
2
;g laosx fn;k tkrk gSA [AIEEE 2003, 3/225]
1 h h h
(1) + . (2*) Zero (3) (4) 2 . 2
2 2 2
8. The wavelength of the radiation emitted, when in a hydrogen atom electron falls from infinity to stationary
state 1, would be (Rydberg constant = 1.097  107 m–1) [AIEEE 2004, 3/225]
tc bySDVªkWu vuUr ls fLFkj voLFkk 1 esa vkrk gS rks mRlftZr fofdj.k dh rjaxnS/;Z fuEu gksxhA
(fjMcxZ fu;rkad = 1.097  107 m–1) [AIEEE 2004, 3/225]
(1*) 91 nm (2) 192 nm (3) 406 (4) 9.1  10–6 nm
9. Which of the following set a of quantum numbers is correct for an electron in 4f orbital?
[AIEEE 2004, 3/225]
4f d{kd esa ,d bySDVªkWu ds fy, DokaVe la[;k dk dkSulk leqPp; lgh gS ? [AIEEE 2004, 3/225]
(1) n = 4, l =3, m = +4, s = +1/2 (2) n = 4, l = 4, m = –4, s = –1/2
(3*) n = 4, l = 3, m = +1, s = +1/2 (4) n = 3, l=2, m =–2, s = +1/2
10. Consider the ground state of Cr atom (Z = 24). The numbers of electrons with the azimuthal quantum
numbers,  = 1 and 2 are, respectively [AIEEE 2004, 3/225]
(1) 12 and 4 (2*) 12 and 5 (3) 16 and 4 (4) 16 and 5
Cr ijek.kq (Z = 24) ds fy, vk| voLFkk esa] f}xa'kh DokaVe la[;k  = 1 o 2 ds lkFk bySDVªkWuksa dh la[;k Øe'k% fuEu gSA
[AIEEE 2004, 3/225]
(1) 12 rFkk 4 (2*) 12 rFkk 5 (3) 16 rFkk 4 (4) 16 rFkk 5
11. In a multi-electron atom, which of the following orbitals described by the three quantum numbers will have the
same energy in the absence of magnetic and electric field ? [AIEEE 2005, 3/225]
(i) n = 1, l = 0, m = 0 (ii) n =2, l = 0, m = 0 (iii) n = 2, l = 1, m = 1 (iv) n = 3, l = 2, m =1
(v) n = 3, l = 2, m = 0
(1*) (iv) and (v) (2) (iii) and (iv) (3) (ii) and (iii) (4) (i) and (ii)
,d cgq bySDVªkWu ijek.kq esa rhu DokaVe la[;k }kjk of.kZr dkSulk d{kd] pqEcdh; o oS|qr {kS=k dh vuqifLFkfr esa leku ÅtkZ
j[ksxk ? [AIEEE 2005, 3/225]
(i) n = 1, l = 0, m = 0 (ii) n =2, l = 0, m = 0 (iii) n = 2, l = 1, m = 1 (iv) n = 3, l = 2, m =1
(v) n = 3, l = 2, m = 0
(1*) (iv) rFkk (v) (2) (iii) rFkk (iv) (3) (ii) rFkk (iii) (4) (i) rFkk (ii)
12. Which of the following statements in relation to the hydrogen atom is correct ? [AIEEE 2005, 4½/225]
(1*) 3s, 3p and 3d orbitals all have the same energy
(2) 3s and 3p orbitals are of lower energy than 3d orbital
(3) 3p orbital is lower in energy than 3d orbital
(4) 3s orbital is lower in energy than 3p orbital
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds lEcU/k esa fuEu esa ls dkSulk dFku lgh gS ? [AIEEE 2005, 4½/225]
(1*) 3s, 3p o 3d lHkh d{kdksa dh ÅtkZ leku gksrh gSA
(2) 3d d{kd dh vis{kk 3s o 3p d{kd dh ÅtkZ de gksrh gSA
(3) 3d d{kd dh vis{kk 3p d{kd dh ÅtkZ de gksrh gSA
(4) 3p d{kd dh vis{kk 3s d{kd dh ÅtkZ de gksrh gSA
13. Uncertainity in the position of an electron (mass = 9.1  10–31 Kg) moving with a velocity 300 m.sec–1,
Accurate upto 0.001%, will be : (h = 6.63  10–34 J-s) [AIEEE 2006, 3/165]
300 m.sec osx ¼;FkkFkZrk 0.001% rd gS½ ds lkFk xfr dj jgs ,d bySDVªkWu (nzO;eku= 9.1  10–31 Kg) dh fLFkfr esa
–1
vfuf'prrk fuEu gSA (h = 6.63  10–34 J-s) [AIEEE 2006, 3/165]

(1) 19.2  10 m
–2
(2) 5.76  10 m
–2
(3*) 1.92  10 m
–2
(4) 3.84  10–2 m
ADVATS - 5
Atomic Structure
14. According to Bohr’s theory, the angular momentum to an electron in 5th orbit is : [AIEEE 2006, 3/165]
cksj fl)kUrkuqlkj 5th d{kk esa ,d bySDVªkWu ds fy, dks.kh; laosx fuEu gS % [AIEEE 2006, 3/165]
h h h h
(1) 25 (2) 1.0 (3) 10 (4*) 2.5
   
15. The ‘spin-only’ magnetic moment [in units of Bohr magneton ()] of Ni2+ in aqueous solution would be
(Atomic number : Ni = 28) [AIEEE 2006, 3/165]
tyh; foy;u esa Ni2+ ds fy, 'dsoy pØ.k' pqEcdh; vk?kq.kZ [cksj esXusVksWu () dh bdkbZ esa] fuEu gksxk %
(ijek.kq Øekad : Ni = 28) [AIEEE 2006, 3/165]
(1*) 2.84 (2) 4.90 (3) 0 (4) 1.73
16. Which of the following nuclear reactions will generate an isotope ? [AIEEE 2007, 3/120]
(1*) Neutron particle emission (2) Positron emission
(3) -particle emission (4) -particle emission
fuEu esa ls dkSulh ukfHkdh; vfHkfØ;k ,d leLFkkfud mRiUu djsxk \ [AIEEE 2007, 3/120]
(1*) U;wVªkWu d.k mRltZu (2) ikWftVªkWu mRltZu
(3) -d.k mRltZu (4) -d.k mRltZu
17. The ionisation enthalpy of hydrogen atom is 1.312  106 J mol–1. The energy required to excite the electron
in the atom from n1 = 1 to n2 = 2 is [AIEEE 2008, 3/105]
6
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh vk;uu ÅtkZ 1.312  10 J mol gSA ijek.kq esa n1 = 1 ls n2 = 2 rd bySDVªkWu dks mÙksftr djus ds
–1
fy, vko';d ÅtkZ fuEu gSA [AIEEE 2008, 3/105]

5 5 5
(1) 8.51  10 J mol –1
(2) 6.56  10 J mol–1
(3) 7.56  10 J mol –1
(4*) 9.84  105 J mol–1
18. Which of the following set of quantum numbers represents the highest energy of an atom ?
fuEu esa ls fdl DokaVe la[;k ds leqPp; ds fy, ,d ijek.kq dh ÅtkZ mPpre gksrh gS \ [AIEEE 2008, 3/105]
1 1
(1) n = 3, l = 0, m = 0, s = + (2) n = 3, l = 1, m =1, s = +
2 2
1 1
(3*) n = 3, l = 2, m = 1, s = + (4) n = 4, l = 0, m = 0, s = +
2 2
19. The energy required to break one mole of Cl – Cl bonds in Cl2 is 242 kJ mol–1 . The longest wavelength of light
capable of breaking a single Cl – Cl bond is [AIEEE 2010, 4/144]
(c = 3 × 108 m s–1 and NA = 6.02 × 1023 mol–1)
Cl2 esa Cl–Cl vkcU/k ds ,d eksy dks rksM+us esa vko';d ÅtkZ 242 kJ mol–1 gksrh gSA ,d ,dkdh Cl–Cl vkca/k dks rksM+us dh
{kerk j[kus okys izdk'k dh nh?kZre rjax)S/;Z D;k gS \ [AIEEE 2010, 4/144]
(c = 3 × 108 m s–1 rFkk NA = 6.02 × 1023 mol–1)
(1) 594 nm (2) 640 nm (3) 700 nm (4*) 494 nm
20. Ionisation energy of He+ is 19.6 × 10–18 J atom–1 . The energy of the first stationary state (n = 1) of Li2+ is :
[AIEEE 2010, 4/144]
+ 2+
He dh vk;uu ÅtkZ 19.6 × 10 J atom gSA Li dh izFke fLFkj voLFkk (n = 1) dh ÅtkZ gksxh :
–18 –1
[AIEEE 2010, 4/144]

(1) 4.41 × 10–16 J atom–1 (2*) – 4.41 × 10–17 J atom–1
(3) – 2.2 × 10–15 J atom–1 (4) 8.82 × 10–17 J atom–1
21. A gas absorbs a photon of 355 nm and emits at two wavelengths. If one of the emission is at 680 nm, the
other is at : [AIEEE 2011, 4/120]
,d xSl 355 nm ds QksVkWu dks vo'kksf"kr djds nks rjaxnS/;ks± ij mRlftZr gksrh gSA ;fn ,d mRltZu 680 nm ij gS rks
nwljk fuEu essa ls fdl ij gksxk \ [AIEEE 2011, 4/120]
(1) 1035 nm (2) 325 nm (3*) 743 nm (4) 518 nm
ADVATS - 6
Atomic Structure
22. The frequency of light emitted for the transition n = 4 to n = 2 of He+ isequalto the transition in H atom
corresponding to which of the following? [AIEEE 2011, 4/120]
(1*) n = 2 to n = 1 (2) n = 3 to n = 2 (3) n = 4 to n = 3 (4) n = 3 to n = 1
He+ ds n = 4 ls n = 2 laØe.k ds fy, mRlftZr izdk'k dh vko`fÙk] H ijek.kq esa fuEu esa ls fdl laØe.k ds laxr cjkcj
gksxh \ [AIEEE 2011, 4/120]
(1*) n = 2 ls n = 1 (2) n = 3 ls n = 2 (3) n = 4 ls n = 3 (4) n = 3 ls n = 1
23. The electrons identified by quantum numbers n and  : [AIEEE 2012, 4/120]
bysDVªkWu tks DokVae la[;k n rFkk  }kjk igpkus tkrs gS %
(a) n = 4,  = 1 (b) n = 4,  = 0 (c) n = 3,  = 2 (d) n = 3,  = 1
can be placed in order of increasing energy as :
ÅtkZ ds c<+rs gq, Øe esa bl izdkj j[kk tk ldrk gS %
(1) (c) < (d) < (b) < (a) (2*) (d) < (b) < (c) < (a) (3) (b) < (d) < (a) < (c) (4) (a) < (c) < (b) < (d)
 Z2 
24. Energy of an electron is given by E = –2.178  10–18J  2  . Wavelength of light required to excite an electron
n 
in an hydrogen atom from level n = 1 to n = 2 will be : (h = 6.62  10–34 Js and c = 3.0  108 ms–1)
[JEE(Main)2013]
 Z2 
,d bysDVªkWu dh ÅtkZ dks bl izdkj izLrqr fd;k tkrk gS& E = –2.178  10–18J  
2  A izdk'k dh rjaxnS/;Z gkbMªkstu
n 
ijek.kq esa ,d bysDVªkWu dks n = 1 ls n = 2 Lrj ij mÙksftr djus ds fy;s vko';d gksxh %
(h = 6.62  10–34 Js vkSj c = 3.0  108 ms–1) [JEE(Main)2013]
(1*) 1.214  10–7 m (2) 2.816  10–7 m (3) 6.500  10–7 m (4) 8.500  10–7 m
25. The correct set of four quantum numbers for the valence electrons of rubidium atom (Z = 37) is :
[JEE(Main)2014, 4/120]
:fcfM;e ijek.kq (Z = 37) ds fy;s osySUlh bySDVªkWuksa ds mfpr pkj DokUVe uEcjksa dk lsV gksrk gS %
[JEE(Main) 2014, 4/120]
1 1 1 1
(1*) 5, 0, 0, + (2) 5, 1, 0, + (3) 5,1, 1, + (4) 5, 0, 1, +
2 2 2 2
26. Which of the following is the energy of a possible excited state of hydrogen ? [JEE(Main) 2015, 4/120]
fuEufyf[kr esa ls gkbZMªkstu dh laHko mÙksftr voLFkk dh ÅtkZ dkSulh gS\ [JEE(Main) 2015, 4/120]
(1) +13.6 eV (2) –6.8 eV (3*) –3.4 eV (4) +6.8 eV
ADVATS - 7
Atomic Structure

This Section is not meant for classroom discussion. It is being given to promote self-study
and self testing amongst the Resonance students.
PART - I : PRACTICE TEST-1 (IIT-JEE (MAIN Pattern))

Hkkx - I : PRACTICE TEST-1 (IIT-JEE (MAIN Pattern))
Max. Marks : 120 Max. Time : 1 Hr.
Important Instructions
egÙoiw.kZ funsZ'k %
1. The test is of 1 hour duration.
ijh{kk dh vof/k 1 ?kaVs gSA
2. The Test Booklet consists of 30 questions. The maximum marks are 120.
bl ijh{kk iqfLrdk esa 30 iz'u gSA vf/kdre vad 120 gSA
3. Each question is allotted 4 (four) marks for correct response.
lHkh iz'uksa ds vad leku gSA izR;sd iz'u ds lgh mÙkj ds fy, 4 ¼pkj½ vad fu/kkZfjr fd;s x;s gSA
4. Candidates will be awarded marks as stated above in Instructions No. 3 for correct response of each question.
¼ (one fourth) marks will be deducted for indicating incorrect response of each question. No deduction from the
total score will be made if no response is indicated for an item in the answer sheet.
vH;kfFkZ;ksa dks izR;sd lgh mÙkj ds fy, mijksDr funsZ'ku la[;k 3 ds funsZ'kkuqlkj ekDlZ fn;s tk,axsA izR;sd iz'u ds xyr mÙkj
ds fy;s ¼ oka Hkkx fy;k tk;sxkA ;fn mÙkj iqfLrdk esa fdlh iz'u dk mÙkj ugha fn;k x;k gks rks dqy izkIrkad ls dksbZ dVkSrh
ugha fd tk;sxhA
5. There is only one correct response for each question. Filling up more than one response in any question will be
treated as wrong response and marks for wrong response will be deducted accordingly as per instructions 4
above.
çR;sd iz'u dk dsoy ,d gh lgh mÙkj gSA ,d ls vf/kd mÙkj nsus ij mls xyr mÙkj ekuk tk;sxk vkSj mijksDr funsZ'k 4
ds vuqlkj vad dkV fy;s tk;saxsA
1. A 5g orbital has
(1) Zero angular node and zero radial node (2) Zero radial node and two angular nodes
(3) 4 radial nodes and 4 angular nodes (4*) Zero radial node and 4 angular nodes
fuEu esa ls 5g d{kd j[krk gS %
(1) 'kwU; dks.kh; uksM rFkk 'kwU; f=kT; uksM+ (2) 'kwU; f=kT; uksM+ rFkk nks dks.kh; uksM+
(3) 4 f=kT; uksM+ rFkk 4 dks.kh; uksM+ (4*) 'kwU; f=kT; uksM+ rFkk 4 dks.kh; uksM+
2. The threshold wavelength (0) of sodium metal is 6500Å. If UV light of wavelength 360Å is used, what will be
kinetic energy of the photoelectron in ergs?
lksfM;e /kkrq dh nsgyh rjaxnS/;Z (0) 6500Å gSA ;fn 360Å rjaxnS/;Z dk UV çdk'k mi;ksx fd;k tkrk gS rks QksVks bysDVªkWu
dh xfrt ÅtkZ ¼vxZ esa½ D;k gksxh \
(1) 55.175 × 10–12 (2) 3.056 × 10–12 (3*) 52.119 × 10–12 (4) 48.66 × 10–10
3. An electron beam can undergo diffraction by crystals. Through what potential should a beam of electrons be
accelerated so that its wavelength becomes equal to 1.54 Å?
(1) 54.3 volt (2*) 63.3 volt (3) 66.2 volt (4) None of these
,d bysDVªkWu iqat dk foorZu fØLVy }kjk fd;k tk ldrk gSA bysDVªkWu ds Rofjr gksus ij rjaxnS/;Z 1.54 Å ds leku gks
tkrh gS rks iqat dk foHko D;k gksxk\
(1) 54.3 oksYV (2*) 63.3 oksYV (3) 66.2 oksYV (4) buesa ls dksbZ ugha
ADVATS - 1
Atomic Structure
4. Radiation corresponding to the transition n = 4 to n = 2 in hydrogen atoms falls on a certain metal (work
function = 2.5 eV). The maximum kinetic energy of the photo-electrons will be :
(1) 0.55 eV (2) 2.55 eV (3) 4.45 eV (4*) None of these
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq esa n = 4 ls n = 2 esa laØe.k ls mRlftZr /kkrq ij fxjrh gS ¼dk;ZQyu = 2.5 eV)A QksVksbysDVªkWuksa dh
vfèkdre xfrt ÅtkZ D;k gksxh %
(1) 0.55 eV (2) 2.55 eV (3) 4.45 eV (4*) buesa ls dksbZ ugha
5. Calculate the number of photons emitted by a 100 W yellow lamp in 1.0 s. Take the wavelength of yellow light
as 560 nm and assume 100 percent efficiency.
100 W ds ihys ysEi ls 1.0 s esa mRlftZr QksVksu dh la[;k Kkr dhft,A ;fn bl ysEi dh rjaxnS/;Z 560 nm (100 çfr'kr
n{krk ekudj½ ç;qDr dh tkrh gSA
(1) 6.8 × 1020 (2) 4 × 1012 (3) 4 × 1020 (4*) 2.8 × 1020
6. In a photoelectric experiment, kinetic energy of
photoelectrons was plotted against the frequency of
incident radiation (), as shown in figure. Which of the
following statements is correct?
(1) The threshold frequency is 1.
(2*) The slope of this line is equal to Plank’s constant.
(3) As the frequency of incident wavelength increases
beyond threshold frequency, kinetic energy of
photoelectrons decreases.
(4) It is impossible to obtain such a graph.
fp=kkuqlkj oS|qr çdkf'kd ç;ksx esa QksVksbysDVªkWuksa dh xfrt ÅtkZ
mRlftZr fofdj.k () dh vko`fr ds fo:) vkysf[kr gSA
fuEu esa ls dkSulk dFku lR; gS\
(1) nsgyh vko`fr 1 gSA
(2*) bu js[kkvksa dk <+ky Iykad fLFkjkad ds leku gSA
(3) vxj mRlftZr rjaxnS/;Z dh vko`fr] nsgyh vko`fr ls vf/kd
gksrh gS] rks çdkf'k; bysDVªkWu dh xfrt ÅtkZ de gksrh gSA
(4) bl çdkj dk xzkQ laHko ugha gSA
7. Which of the following process not lead to formation of isobars ?

(1*) 1  particle and 2 particles are emitted (2) Positron emission
0
(3)  particle (–1e ) emission (4) K-electron capture
fuEu esa ls fdl izØe lss leHkkfjd dk fuekZ.k ugha gksrk gS \
(1*) 1  d.k rFkk 2 d.kksa dk mRltZu (2) iksthVªkWu mRltZu
0
(3)  d.k (–1e ) mRltZu (4) K-bysDVªkWu laxzg.k
8. If the value of En = – 78.4 kcal/mole, the order of the orbit in hydrogen atom is :
;fn En = – 78.4 fdyks dSyksjh/eksy gS] rks gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh d{kk dkSulh gS \
(1*) 2 (2) 3 (3) 1 (4) 4
9. In what region of the electromagnetic spectrum would you look for the spectral line resulting from the electronic
transition from the tenth to the fifth electronic level in the hydrogen atoms? (RH = 1.10 × 105 cm–1)
(1) Microwave (2*) Infrared (3) Visible (4) Ultraviolet
fo|qr pqEcdh; LisDVªe ds {ks=k esa gkbMªkstu ijek.kq esa nlosa ls ikposa bysDVªkWfud Lrj esa laØe.k ds ifj.kkeLo:i vki fdl
çdkj dh oxZ js[kk ns[ksxsa\ (RH = 1.10 × 105 cm–1)
(1) lw{erjax (2*) vojDr js[kk (3) n`'; js[kk (4) ijkcSaxuh js[kk
10. Consider Xenon (Z = 54). The maximum number of electrons in this atom that can have the values for their
1
quantum numbers as n = 4,  = 3 and s = in its ground state is :
2
(1*) Zero (2) 7 (3) 9 (4) 14
ADVATS - 2
Atomic Structure
ftukWu (Z = 54) ij fopkj dhft,A bl ijek.kq esa vf/kdre bysDVªkWuksa dh la[;k D;k gksxhA ;fn bldh vk| voLFkk esa DokaVe
1
la[;kvksa dk eku n = 4,  = 3 rFkk s = gS %
2
(1*) 'kwU; (2) 7 (3) 9 (4) 14
11. The increasing order for the values of e/m (charge/mass) is :

(1) e, p, n,  (2) n, p, e,  (3) e, , e (4*) n,  , p, e
e/m (vkos'k@nzO;eku) ds ekuksa dk c<+rk Øe gS %
(1) e, p, n,  (2) n, p, e,  (3) e, , e (4*) n,  , p, e
x
12. An electron in an atom jumps in such a way that its kinetic energy changes from x to . The change in
4
potential energy will be :
x
tc ,d bysDVªkWu ijek.kq esa dwnrk gS rks bldh xfrt ÅtkZ x ls 4
esa cny tkrh gSA fLFkfrt ÅtkZ esa ifjorZu fuEu gksxk%
3 3 3 3
(1*) + x (2)  x (3)  x (4)  x
2 8 4 4
13. What atomic number of an element “X” would have to become so that the 4th orbit around X would fit inside
the 1st Bohr orbit of Hydrogen ?
“X” rRo dk ijek.kq Øekad fdruk gksuk pkfg, ftlls "X" dh prqFkZ d{kk] gkbMªkstu dh igyh d{kk ds leku gks tk,A
(1) 3 (2) 4 (3*) 16 (4) 25
1
14. Select the incorrect graph for velocity of e– in an orbit VS. Z, and n :
n
1
,d d{kk esa bysDVªkWu ds osx o Z, n
,oa n ds e/; xyr vkjs[k dkSulk gS \
(1) (2) (3) (4*)
15. Which of the following is discreted in Bohr’s theory ?

(1) Potential energy (2) Kinetic energy
(3) Velocity (4*) Angular momentum
fuEu esa ls cksj fl)kar esa vlrr~ gS \
(1) fLFkfrt ÅtkZ (2) xfrt ÅtkZ
(3) osx (4*) dks.kh; laosx
16. The mass of a proton is 1836 times more than the mass of an electron. It a sub-atomic particle of mass (m’)
207 times the mass of electron is captured by the nucleus, then the first ionization potential of H :
(1) decreases (2*) increases (3) remains same (4) may be decrease or increase
çksVksu dk nzO;eku bysDVªkWu ds nzO;eku ls 1836 xquk vf/kd gSA ;fn blds miijekf.od d.k dk nzO;eku (m’) bysDVªkWu
ds nzO;eku ls 207 xquk gSA ftls ukfHkd }kjk xzg.k dj fy;k tkrk gS rks H dk çFke vk;uu foHko :
(1) ?kVsxk (2*) c<+sxk (3) 'ks"k leku jgsxk (4) ?kVsxk ;k c<+sxk
17. In any subshell, the maximum number of electrons having same value of spin quantum number is :
fdlh midks'k esa pØ.k DokaVe la[;k dk leku eku j[kus okys bysDVªkWuksa dh vf/kdre la[;k fdlds leku gksrh gS %
(1)  (   1) (2)  + 2 (3*) 2 + 1 (4) 4 + 2
ADVATS - 3
Atomic Structure
18. Which quantum number defines the orientation of orbital in the space around the nucleus ?
(1) Principal quantum number (n) (2) Angular momentum quantum number
(3*) Magnetic quantum number (m) (4) Spin quantum number (ms)
ukfHkd ds pkjks vksj ?ksjs x;s LFkku esa d{kd ds vfHkfoU;kl dks dkSulh DokaVe la[;k fu/kkZfjr djrh gS \
(1) eq[; DokaVe la[;k (n) (2) dks.kh; laosx DokaVe la[;k
(3*) pqEcdh; DokaVe la[;k (m) (4) pØ.k DokaVe la[;k (ms)
19. For similar orbitals having different values of n :

(1*) the most probable distance increases with increase in n
(2) the most probable distance decreases with increase in n
(3) the most probable distance remains constant with increase in n
(4) none of these
leku d{kdksa esa n ds fuEu ekuksa dks j[krk gS %
(1*) n esa o`f) ds lkFk lEHko çkf;d nwjh c<+rh gSA
(2) n esa o`f) ds lkFk lEHko çkf;d nwjh ?kVrh gSA
(3) n esa o`f) ds lkFk lEHko çkf;d nwjh fu;r jgrh gSA
(4) buesa ls dksbZ ughaA
20. Maximum number of total nodes is present in :

(1) 5s (2) 5p (3) 5d (4*) All have same number of nodes
dqy uksM+ks dh vf/kdre la[;k fdlesa mifLFkr gS %
(1) 5s (2) 5p (3) 5d (4*) lHkh uksM+ leku la[;k j[krs gSA
21. The possible set of quantum no. for the unpaired electron of chlorine is :
Dyksjhu ds v;qfXer bysDVªkWu ds fy, DokUVe la[;k dk lEHko ;qXe gSa %
n  m n  m
(1) 2 1 0 (2) 2 1 1
(3*) 3 1 1 (4) 3 0 0
22. Which of the following has the maximum number of unpaired electrons ?
fuEu esa ls dkSulk rRo v;qfXer bysDVªkWuksa dh vf/kdre la[;k j[krk gS \
(1*) Mn (2) Ti (3) V (4) Al
23. The angular velocity of an electron occupying the second Bohr orbit of He+ ion is (in sec–):
He+ vk;u ds f}rh; cksj d{kk esa mifLFkr bysDVªkWuksa dk dks.kh; osx ¼çfr lSd.M esa½ D;k gS %
(1*) 2.067 × 1016 (2) 3.067 × 1016 (3) 1.067 × 1018 (4) 2.067 × 1017
24. An excited state of H-atom emits a photon of wavelength and returns in the ground state, the principal
quantum number of excited state is given by :
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh mRrsftr voLFkk ls  rjaxnS/;Z dk ,d QksVksu mRlftZr gksrk gS rFkk okil ewy voLFkk esa vk tkrk
gSA mRrsftr voLFkk dh eq[; DokaVe la[;k fuEu gS %
R (R  1)
(1) R(R  1) (2*) (3) R(R  1) (4)
(R  1) R
25. Light of wavelength  strikes a metal surface with intensity X and the metal emits Y electrons per second of
average energy Z. What willl happen to Y and Z if X is havled ?
(1*) Y will be halved (2) Y will double
(3) Y will be remain same (4) Z will be halved
fdlh ,d /kkrq dh lrg ijX rhozrk ds lkFk  çdk'k dk rjaxnS/;Z vkifrr gksrk gS rFkk vkSlr ÅtkZ Z ds lkFk /kkrq lrg
ls Y bysDVªkWu çfrlSd.M eqDr gksrs gSA ;fn X dks vk/kk dj fn;k tk;s rks Y rFkk Z ij D;k çHkko gksxk \
(1*) Y vk/kk gksxk (2) Y nqxquk gksxk
(3) Y leku gksxk (4) Z vk/kk gksxk
ADVATS - 4
Atomic Structure
26. Neutron scattering experiments have shown that the radius of the nucleus of an atom is directly proportional
to the cube root of the number of nucleons in the nucleus. From 73 Li to 189
76 Os , the radius is :
(1) Halved (2) the same (3) Doubled (4*) Tripled
U;wVªkWu fod"kZ.k ç;ksx n'kkZrk gS fd ijek.kq ds ukfHkd dh f=kT;k] ukfHkd esa mifLFkr U;wfDyvkWuksa dh la[;k ds ?kuewy ds lhèks
çR;{k lekuqikrh gSA 73 Li ls 189
76 Os , rd f=kT;k gS %
(1) vk/kh (2) leku (3) nqxquk (4*) frxquk
27. The nucleus of an atom is located at x = y = z = 0. If the probability of finding an electron in d x 2  y 2 orbital in
a tiny volume around x=a , y =0 , z = 0 is 1 × 10–5, what is the probablility of finding the electron in the same
size volume around x = 0 ,y = a, z = 0 ?
(1*) 1 × 10–5 (2) 1 ×10–5 × a (3) –1 × 10–5 × a (4) zero
ijek.kq dk ukfHkd x = y = z = 0 ij fLFkr gSaA vxj dx 2  y 2 d{kd esa x=a , y =0 , z = 0 ij bysDVªkWu ds gksus dh çkf;drk
1 × 10–5 gS] rks leku vkd`fr dk vk;ru x = 0 ,y = a, z = 0 ij bysDVªkWu ik;s tkus dh çkf;drk D;k gksxh \
(1*) 1 × 10–5 (2) 1 ×10–5 × a (3) –1 × 10–5 × a (4) 'kwU;
4E
28. The energy of a I, II and III energy levels of a certain atom are E, and 2E respectively. A photon of
3
wavelength  is emitted during a transition from III to I. What will be the wavelength of emission for transition
II to I ?
4E
,d fuf'pr ijek.kq ds I, II rFkk III ÅtkZ Lrjksa dh ÅtkZ,sa Øe'k% E, rFkk 2E gSaA ,d QksVksu  rjax}S/;Z ds lkFk mRlftZr
3
gksrk gSA bl nkSjku bldk laØe.k III ls I ÅtkZ Lrj esa gksrk gSA ;fn laØe.k II ls I ÅtkZ Lrj esa gks rks QksVksu ds mRltZu
dh rjax}S/;Z D;k gksxh \

(1) (2)  (3) 2 (4*) 3
2
29. A compound of vanadium has a magnetic moment of 1.73 BM. What will be the electronic configurations:
,d oSusfM;e ;kSfxd 1.73 BM dk pqEcdh; vk?kw.kZ j[krk gSA bldk bysDVªkWfud vfHkfoU;kl D;k gksxk %
(1*) 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d1 (2) 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d2
2 2 6 2 6 3
(3) 1s 2s 2p 3s 3p 3d (4) 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d4
30. Calculate the minimum and maximum number of electrons which may have magnetic quantum number,
1
m = +1 and spin quantum number, s = – in chromium (Cr) :
2
(1) 0, 1 (2) 1, 2 (3) 4, 6 (4*) 2, 3
1
Øksfe;e (Cr) esa pqEcdh; DokaVe la[;k m = +1 rFkk pØ.k DokaVe la[;k s = – j[kus okys bysDVªkWuksa dh U;wure o vf/
2
kdre la[;k Kkr dhft, %
(1) 0, 1 (2) 1, 2 (3) 4, 6 (4*) 2, 3
PART - II : NATIONAL STANDARD EXAMINATION IN CHEMISTRY (NSEC) STAGE-I

Hkkx - II : NATIONAL STANDARD EXAMINATION IN CHEMISTRY (NSEC) STAGE-I
1. Which of the following pair of electrons is excluded from an atom ? [NSEC-2000]
(A*) n = 2,  = 0, m = 0, s = + ½ and n = 2,  = 0, m = 0, s = + ½
(B) n = 2,  = 1, m = + 1, s = + ½ and n = 2,  = 1, m = – 1, s = + ½
(C) n = 1,  = 0, m = 0, s = + ½ and n = 1,  = 0, m = 0, s = – ½
(D) n = 3,  = 2, m = – 2, s = + ½ and n = 3,  = 0, m = 0, s = + ½
ADVATS - 5
Atomic Structure
fuEu esa ls bysDVªkWuksa dk dkSulk ,d ;qXe fdlh ijek.kq esa ugha gks ldrk gS&
(A*) n = 2,  = 0, m = 0, s = + ½ rFkk n = 2,  = 0, m = 0, s = + ½
(B) n = 2,  = 1, m = + 1, s = + ½ rFkk n = 2,  = 1, m = – 1, s = + ½
(C) n = 1,  = 0, m = 0, s = + ½ rFkk n = 1,  = 0, m = 0, s = – ½
(D) n = 3,  = 2, m = – 2, s = + ½ rFkk n = 3,  = 0, m = 0, s = + ½
2. The de Broglie wavelength associated with particle is [NSEC-2000]

(A*) inversely proportional to its momentum (B) inversely proportional to its energy
(C) directly proportional to its velocity (D) directly proportional to its momentum.
d.k ds lkFk la;ksftr Mh&czksXyh rjaxnS/;Z gksrh gS& [NSEC-2000]
(A*) blds laosx ds O;qRØekuqikrh (B) bldh ÅtkZ ds O;qRØekuqikrh
(C) blds osx ds lekuqikrh (D) blds laosx ds lekuqikrh
3. The equation E = h indicates that [NSEC-2000]

(A*) photons have both particle and wave nature (B) photons are waves
(C) photons are stream of particles (D) no such inference can be drawn from the given equation
lehdj.k E = h n'kkZrk gS fd [NSEC-2000]
(A*) QksVksu d.k rFkk rjax izd`fr nksuksa j[krk gSA (B) QksVksu rjax gksrh gSA
(C) QksVksu d.kksa dk izokg gksrk gSA (D) fn xbZ lehdj.k ls dqN crk;k ugha tk ldrk gSA
4. Consider a 20 W light source that emits monochromatic light of wavelength 600 nm. The number of photons
ejected per second in terms of Avogadro`s constant (NA) is approximately [NSEC-2003]
,d 20 W dk izdk'k L=kksr tks 600 nm rjaxnS/;Z dh eksuksØksesfVd izdk'k dk mRltZu djrk gSA vkoksxknzks fLFkjkad (NA)
ds inksa esa izfr lsds.M mRlftZr QksVksu dh la[;k yxHkx gksxh& [NSEC-2003]
(A) NA (B) 10 NA
–2
(C*) 10 NA
–4
(D) 10 NA
–5
5. The species which has its fifth ionisation potential equal to 340 eV is [NSEC-2003]
og fLi'kht ftldk ikapok vk;uu foHko 340 eV gksrk gS& [NSEC-2003]
(A) B+ (B) C+ (C*) B (D) C
6. Isosteres are compounds having similar geometry and isoelectronic species are species having the same
number of electrons. The pair of species CO2 and NO2+ is [NSEC-2003]
(A*) isosteric and isoelectronic (B) isosteric, but not isoelectronic
(C) isoelectronic, but not isosteric (D) neither isosteric nor isoelectronic.
leT;kfefr; os ;kSfxd gksrs gS ftudh T;kferh leku gksrh gS rFkk lebysDVªkWfud fLi'kht os fLi'kht gksrh gS ftuesa bysDVªkWu
dh la[;k leku gksrh gSA fLi'kht CO2 rFkk NO2+ dk ;qXe gS& [NSEC-2003]
(A*) leT;kfefr; rFkk lebysDVªkWfud (B) leT;kfefr; ijUrq lebysDVªkWfud ugha
(C) lebysDVªkWfud ijUrq leT;kfefr; ugha (D) u rks leT;kfefr; vkSj u gh lebysDVªkWfud
7. The ratio of the energy of a photon of wavelength 2000 to that of one with wavelength 4000 is
[NSEC-2004]
rjaxnS/;Z 2000 rFkk rjaxnS/;Z 4000 ds QksVksu dh ÅtkZ dk vuqikr Øe'k% gS& [NSEC-2004]
(A) 1/4 (B) 4 (C) 1/2 (D*) 2.
8. The phenomenon which suggested that light is emitted in packets (quanta) is [NSEC-2004]
(A) electron diffraction (B*) photoelectric effect
(C) diffraction of light (D) black body radiation.
og izfØ;k ftlesa izdk'k isdsV ¼Dok.Vk½ ds :i esa mRlftZr gksrk gS& [NSEC-2004]
(A) bysDVªkWu foorZu (B*) izdk'k oS|qr izHkko (C) izdk'k dk foorZu (D) d`f".kdk fofdj.k
9. Wave length associated with electron motion [NSEC-2005]
(A) increases with increase in the speed of electron
(B) remains same irrespective of the speed of electron
(C*) decreases with increase of the speed of electron
(D) changes with the atomic number of the atom to which it belong.
ADVATS - 6
Atomic Structure
bysDVªkWu dh xfr ls lacfU/kr rjaxnS/;Z gksrh gS&
(A) bysDVªkWu dh xfr c<+us ds lkFk c<+rh gS
(B) bysDVªkWu dh xfr ls lEcfU/kr ugha gksrk gS] leku jgrh gS
(C*) bysDVªkWu dh xfr c<+us ds lkFk ?kVrh gS
(D) blls lEcfU/kr ijek.kq dk ijek.kq Øekad c<+us ds lkFk ifjofrZr gksrk gS
10. The metal that shows photoelectric emission at lowest frequency radiation is [NSEC-2005]
(A) beryllium (B) lithium (C*) sodium (D) magnesium.
og /kkrq tks fofdj.k dh U;wure vko`fÙk ij QksVksbysDVªkWu dk mRltZu djrk gS& [NSEC-2005]
(A) csfjfy;e (B) fyfFk;e (C*) lksfM;e (D) esfXuf'k;e
11. The number of unpaired electrons in the scandium atom is [NSEC-2006]

LdsfUM;e ijek.kq esa v;qfXer bysDVªkWu dh la[;k gksrh gS& [NSEC-2006]
(A*) 1 (B) 2 (C) 0 (D) 3.
12. The set of quantum numbers n = 2,  = 2, m = 0 for an atomic system [NSEC-2006]
(A*) is not allowed (B) refers to an electron in 2d orbital
(C) denotes a 2p electron (D) describes one of the 7f orbitals.
,d ijek.kq fudk; ds fy, n = 2,  = 2, m = 0 ds fy, Dok.Ve la[;kvksa dk lewg [NSEC-2006]
(A*) ekU; ugha gS (B) 2d bysDVªkWu ls lacfU/kr gS
(C) 2p bysDVªkWu ls lacfU/kr gS (D) 7f bysDVªkWu ls lacfU/kr gS
13. The three quantum numbers n, , m corresponding to the valence electron in rubidium (Z=37) are
[NSEC-2006]
:fcfM;e (Z=37) esa la;ksth bysDVªkWu ds rhuksa Dok.Ve la[;kvksa n, , m gksxh& [NSEC-2006]
(A) 5,0,0 (B*) 5,1,0 (C) 5,0,1 (D) 5,1,1
14. The radiation having the highest amount of energy has [NSEC-2006]
fdl fofdj.k dh mPpre ÅtkZ gksrh gS& [NSEC-2006]
(A) 3 nm (B*)  = 3 pm (C)  = 3 A (D)  = 3 × 108 s-1.
15. Mass of a typical star is 1.0 × 1030 kg. Assume that a star is typically 3/4 hydrogen and 1/4 helium by mass.
The estimated number of protons (which are present in H as well as He) in a typical star is approximately
[NSEC-2006]
,d izdkj ds rkjs dk Hkkj 1.0 × 1030 kg gSA ekuk fd rkjs esa Hkkjkuqlkj 3/4 gkbMªkstu rFkk 1/4 fgyh;e gSA bl rkjs esa izksVksuksa
dh la[;k yxHkx gksxh& (tks H rFkk He nksuksa mifLFkr gS) [NSEC-2006]
(A*) 0.5 × 1057 (B) 1 × 1056 (C) 1 × 1058 (D) 0.5 × 1055.
16. Element having (4, 0, 0, + 1/2) as a set of four quantum numbers for its valence electron is- [NSEC-2007]
,d rRo ftldh la;ksth bysDVªkWu ds fy, pkjksa Dok.Ve la[;kvksa ds ;qXe (4, 0, 0, + 1/2) gS] fuEu gS& [NSEC-2007]
(A) Na (B) Ca (C*) K (D) Br
17. The fundamental particle responsible for keeping the nucleus together is, [NSEC-2009]
(A*) meson (B) muon (C) positron (D) hyperon
ukfHkd dks ,d lkFk j[kus ds fy, mÙkjnk;h ewyHkwr d.k gS % [NSEC-2009]
(A*) felksu (B) E;wvksu (C) iksthVªkWu (D) gkbijvkWu
18. The maximum number of electrons in 3dZ2 orbital is – [NSEC-2009]

3dZ2 d{kd esa bysDVªkWu dh vf/kdre la[;k gS % [NSEC-2009]
(A*) 2 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 10
19. The ion which has 18 electrons in the outermost shell is – [NSEC-2009]
dkSulk vk;u vius ckgre dks'k esa 18 bysDVªkWu j[krk gS \ [NSEC-2009]
(A*) Cu+ (Z = 29) (B) Al3+ (Z = 13) (C) K+ (Z = 19) (D) Th4+ (Z = 90)
ADVATS - 7
Atomic Structure
20. The velocity of an electron in the second Bohr orbit of an atom of an element is 1.1 x 106 m sec–1. Its velocity
in the third orbit is [NSEC-2010]
6
rRo ds ,d ijek.kq ds f}rh; cksj d{k esa bysDVªkWu dk osx 1.1 x 10 m sec gSA r`rh; d{kk esa bldk osx gksxk&
–1
[NSEC-2010]
(A) 3.3 x 106 m sec–1 (B) 2.2 x 106 m sec–1 (C) 7.333 x 105 m sec–1 (D) 3.666 x 105 m sec–1
21. The sum of all the quantum numbers of hydrogen atom is [NSEC-2010]
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds fy, lHkh Dok.Ve la[;kvksa dk ;ksx gksxk& [NSEC-2010]
(A) –1 (B) 0 (C) +1/2 (D*) 3/2
22. The number of valence electrons in an atom with the configuration 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p2 is [NSEC-2011]
foU;kl1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p2 okys ,d ijek.kq esa la;ksth bysDVªkWuksa dh la[;k gksxh % [NSEC-2011]
(A) 6 (B) 5 (C*) 4 (D) 2
23. The wavelength of a moving body of mass 0.1 mg is 3.31 × 10–29 m. The kinetic energy of the body in J would
be : [NSEC-2011]
0.1 mg nzO;eku okyh ,d xfr'khy dk; dh rjaxnS/;Z 3.31 × 10–29 m dk; dh xfrt ÅtkZ J esa gksxh :
[NSEC-2011]
(A*) 2.0 × 10–6 (B) 1.0 × 10–3 (C) 4.0 × 10–3 (D) 2.0 × 10–3
24. The widest range over which electronic excitations in organic compounds occur, is [NSEC-2012]
og foLr`r ijkl ftlesa dkcZfud ;kSfxd esa bysDVªkWu dk mÙkstu gksrk gS& [NSEC-2012]
(A*) 200 nm - 780 nm (B) 220 nm- 500nm (C) 250 nm- 700 nm (D) 290 nm -1000nm
25. If the radius of the first Bohr orbit is r, then the deBroglie wavelength in the third Bohr orbit is [NSEC-2012]
;fn izFke cksj d{kk dh f=kT;k r gS] rks r`rh; cksj d{kk esa MhczksXyh rjaxnS/;Z gksxh& [NSEC-2012]
(A) 2r (B) 9r (C) r/3 (D*) 6r
26. The quantum numbers for the 19th electron of Cr (Z = 24) are : [NSEC-2012]
Cr (Z = 24) ds 19 osa bysDVªkWu ds fy, Dok.Ve la[;k,a gksxh& [NSEC-2012]
(A) n = 3, l = 0, m = 0, s = + ½ (B) n = 4, l = 0, m = 0, s = + ½
(C*) n = 3, l = 2, m = 2, s = + ½ (D) n = 4, l = 2, m = 2, s = + ½
PART - III : ADDITIONAL PROBLEMS

Hkkx - III : vfrfjDr iz'u (ADDITIONAL PROBLEMS)
SUBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
fo"k;kRed iz'u ¼SUBJECTIVE QUESTIONS½
1. Why cathode ray tube experiment is not conducted at atmospheric pressure ?

ok;qe.Myh; nkc esa dSFkksM fdj.k ufydk ijh{k.k lapkfyr D;ksa ugha gksrk gS \
Ans. At atmospheric pressure in the cathode tube the generated cathode rays shall face numerous collisions.
Hence the distance traveled by the rays will be infinitisimally small.
ok;qe.Myh; nkc ij dSFkksM+ ufydk esa mRiUu dSFkksM+ fdj.ksa vusd VDdjksa dk lkeuk djrh gSA blfy, fdj.kksa }kjk r; dh
xbZ nwjh vuUr lw{e gksrh gSA
2. The threshold frequency for the ejection of electrons from potassium metal is 5.3 × 1014 s –1. Will the
photon of a radiation having energy 3.3 × 10–19 J exhibit photoelectric effect ? (h = 6.626 × 10–34 Js)
ikSVsf'k;e /kkrq ls bysDVªksu dks fudkyus ds fy, nsgyh vko`fÙk 5.3 × 1014 s–1 gSA ,d fofdj.k ftlds QksVkWu dh ÅtkZ
3.3 × 10–19 J gS] D;k ;g izdk'k fo|qr izHkko n'kkZ;sxh \ (h = 6.626 × 10–34 Js)
Ans. No ugha
3. If the work function (w) of an arbitrary metal is 3.1 eV, find its threshold wavelength and the maximum
kinetic energy of the electron emitted when radiation of 300 nm strike the metal surface. (Take hc =
12400 eVÅ)
ADVATS - 8
Atomic Structure
;fn ,d lkoZHkkSfed /kkrq dk dk;Z Qyu (w) 3.1 eV gS] rks 300 nm dh fofdj.k /kkrq dh lrg ls Vdjkus ij mRlftZr
bysDVªkWu dh vf/kdre xfrt ÅtkZ rFkk /kkrq dh nsgyh rjax}S/;Z Kkr djksA (hc = 12400 eVÅ yhft, )
Ans. (a) 4000 Å (b) 1.033 ev
4. Calculate the speed of an electron in the ground state of He+ ion. What fraction of speed of light is this value?
How long does it take for the electron to complete one revolution around the nucleus. How many times does
the electron travel around the nucleus in one second ?
He+ vk;u dh ewy voLFkk esa bysDVªkWu dh pky Kkr djksA izdk'k dh pky dk fdruk Hkkx bl eku ds cjkcj gksxk \ ukfHkd
ds pkjksa vksj bysDVªkWu ,d ?kw.kZu djus esa fdruk le; ysxk \ ukfHkd ds pkjksa vksj bysDVªkWu ,d lSd.M esa fdrus ?kw.kZu
djsxk\
Ans. 4.36 × 106 m/s, 0.0145, 3.8 × 10–17 sec, 2.63 × 1016 revolution (?kw.kZu)
5. When an electron falls from (n + 2) state to (n) state in a He+ ion the photon emitted has energy
6.172 × 10 –19 joules. What is the value of n.
tc He+ vk;u esa ,d bysDVªkWu (n + 2) voLFkk ls (n) voLFkk esa vkrk gS rks QksVkWu ls mRlftZr ÅtkZ 6.172 × 10 –19 twy
gSA n dk eku D;k gksxk \
Ans. n=3
6. The energy levels of hypothetical one electron atom are shown below.
0 eV ——— n = 
– 0.50 eV ——— n = 5
– 1.45eV ——— n = 4
– 3.08 eV ——— n = 3
– 5.3 eV ——— n = 2
– 15.6 eV ——— n = 1
(a) Find the ionisation potential of atom ?
(b) Find the short wavelength limit of the series terminating at n = 2 ?
(c) Find the wave no. of photon emitted for the transition made by the electron from third orbit to first
orbit ?
,d dkYifud ,d bysDVªksuh; ijek.kq ds ÅtkZ Lrj uhps fn;s x;s gSa %
0 eV ——— n = 
– 0.50 eV ——— n = 5
– 1.45eV ——— n = 4
– 3.08 eV ——— n = 3
– 5.3 eV ——— n = 2
– 15.6 eV ——— n = 1
(a) ijek.kq dk vk;uu foHko Kkr djksA
(b) n = 2 ij lekIr gksus okyh Js.kh ds fy, rjaxnS/;Z dh U;wure lhek Kkr djksA
(c) r`rh; d{kk ls izFke d{kk esa bysDVªkWu laØe.k }kjk mRlftZr QksVkWu dh rjax la[;k Kkr djksA
Ans. (a) 15.6 V , (b) 233.9 nm, (c) 1.009 × 107 m–1
7. Calculate the energy emitted when electrons of 1.0 g atom of hydrogen undergo transition giving the spectral
lines of lowest energy in the visible region of its atomic spectra.
RH = 1.1 × 107 mol–1, c = 3 × 108 m sec–1 and h = 6.62 × 10–34 J sec.
mRlftZr ÅtkZ dk eku ifjdfyr dhft, tc gkbMªkstu ds 1.0 xzke ijek.kq laØe.k ds vUrZxr ijek.oh; LisDVªe
ds n`'; {ks=k esa fuEure ÅtkZ dh LisDVªe ykbZu nsrk gSA
RH = 1.1 × 107 mol–1, c = 3 × 108 m sec–1 rFkk h = 6.62 × 10–34 J sec.
Ans. 182.5 kJ
8. An electron moving near an atomic nucleus has a speed of 6 × 106 ± 1% m/s. What is the uncertainty in its
position ?
,d bysDVªkWu ijek.kq ds ukfHkd ds ikl 6 × 106 ± 1% m/s dh pky ls xfr'khy gSA bysDVªkWu dh bl fLFkfr esa vfuf'prrk
D;k gSA
Ans. > 1 × 10–9 m
ADVATS - 9
Atomic Structure
9. Calculate the energy required to excite one litre Hydrogen gas at 1 atm and 298 K to first excited state of
atomic hydrogen. The energy for the dissociation of H-H bond is 436 kJ mol-1.
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dks] 1 atm o 298 K ij 1 yhVj gkbMªkstu xSl ls izFke mÙksftr voLFkk rd ys tkus ds fy, vko';d
ÅtkZ dh x.kuk djksA H-H cU/k dh fo;kstu ÅtkZ 436 kJ mol-1 gSaA
Ans. 98.17 kJ
10. The wave function of 3s electron is given by
3s bysDVªkWu dk rjaxdk;Z fn;k x;k gSA
 2
3/2
27  18 r
1  1     r 
  2 r / 3 a

3s = a   e
a  0
81 3  a 0  
  0   0
 
It has a node at r = r0, Find out the relation between r0 and a0
blds r = r0 ij ,d uksM gS rks r0 rFkk a0 ds eè; lacaèk Kkr dhft,A
Ans. r0 = 7.1a0 and r0 = 1.95 a0
ONLY ONE OPTION CORRECT TYPE

dsoy ,d lgh fodYi çdkj (ONLY ONE OPTION CORRECT TYPE)
11. The value of Planck’s constant is 6.63 × 10–34 Js. The velocity of light is 3 × 108 m/sec. Which value is closest
to the wavelength of a quantum of light with frequency of 8 × 1015 sec–1 ?
Iykad fLFkjkad dk eku 6.63 × 10–34 Js gSA izdk'k dk osx 3 × 108 ehVj@lSd.M gSA rjax )S/;Z dk dkSulk eku izdk'k ds
Dok.Ve ftldh vko`fÙk 8 × 1015 lSd.M–1 gS] ds lehi gS ?
(A) 5 × 10–18 m (B*) 4 × 10–8 m (C) 3 × 107 m (D) 2 × 10–25 m
12. The species which has its fifth ionisation potential equal to 340 V is
fdl Lih'kht dk ik¡pok vk;uu foHko 340 V ds cjkcj gksrk gSA
(A) B+ (B) C+ (C*) B (D) C
2+
13. S1 : Bohr model is applicable for Be ion.
S2 : Total energy coming out of any light source is integral multiple of energy of one photon.
S3 : Number of waves present in unit length is wave number.
S4 : e/m ratio in cathode ray experiment is independent of the nature of the gas.
(A) F F T T (B) T T F F (C*) F T T T (D) T F F F
S1 : Be2+ vk;u ds fy;s cksj ekWMy ekU; gSA
S2 : fdlh izdk'k L=kksr ls ckgj fudyh dqy ÅtkZ] ,d QksVkWu dh ÅtkZ dk iw.kk±d xq.kkad gSA
S3 : ,d bdkbZ yEckbZ esa mifLFkr rjaxksa dh la[;k] rjax la[;k dgykrh gSA
S4 : dSFkksM fdj.k iz;ksx esa e/m dk vuqikr] xSl dh izd`fr ls LorU=k jgrk gSA
(A) F F T T (B) T T F F (C*) F T T T (D) T F F F
14. If uncertainties in the measurement of position and momentum are equal for electron, calculate uncertainty
h
in the measurement of velocity? (Given that : = 0.726 × 10–17)
4
;fn bysDVªkWu ds fy, fLFkfr rFkk laosx ds eki esa vfuf'prrk leku gks rks] osx ds eki esa vfuf'prrk ds eku dh x.kuk
h
dhft,A (fn;k x;k gS : = 0.726 × 10–17)
4
(A*) 7.98 × 1012 ms–1 (B) 7.98 × 1010 ms–1 (C) 8.42 × 1012 ms–1 (D) 6 × 106 ms–1
15. A photon of frequency  causes photo electric emission from a surface with threshold frequency 0. The de-
Broglies wavelength () of the photo electron emitted is given by :
 vko`fr ds ,d QksVkWu ds dkj.k nsgyh vko`fr 0 ds lkFk lrg ls izdk'k oS|qr mRltZu gksrk gSA izdk'k bysDVªkWu mRltZu
dh Mh&czksXyh rjaxnS/;Z () fuEu }kjk n'kkZ;h tkrh gS &
h h  1 1  mc 2
(A)  = (B)  = (C)   –   = (D*)  = h
2m   0  h 2m
ADVATS - 10
Atomic Structure
16. Choose the incorrect statement from among the following :
(A) A node is a point in space where the wave function () has zero amplitude.
(B) The number of peaks in radial distribution is n – .
(C) Radial probability density n, (r) = 4r2R2n,(r).
(D*) 2 represent the atomic orbital.
fuEu esa ls dkSulk dFku lgh ugha gSA
(A) vUrfj{k esa ,d fcUnq uksM gS tgka dk;Z Qyu () 'kwU; vk;ke j[krk gSA
(B) f=kT; forj.k esa fljksa (peaks) dh la[;k n –  gS
(C) f=kT; izkf;drk ?kuRo n, (r) = 4r2R2n,(r) gSA
(D*) 2 ijek.koh; d{kd dk izfrfufèkRo djrk gSA
17. Which of the d orbitals not lies in the xy-plane.

xy lery esa dkSuls d d{kd lgh fLFkfr esa ugha gS
(A) d x 2  y 2 (B) dxy (C*) dxz (D) dxy and ¼rFkk½ d x 2  y 2
18. Which of the following does not characterise X-rays ?

(A) The radiation can ionise the gas (B) It causes fluoresce effect on ZnS
(C*) Deflected by electric and magnetic fields (D) Have wavelength shorter than ultraviolet rays
fuEu esa ls dkSulk X-fdj.kksa dk xq.k ugha gS \
(A) ;g fofdj.k xSl dks vk;fur dj ldrh gSA
(B) ;g ZnS ij izfrnhIr izHkko mRiUu djrh gSA
(C*) ;g oS|qr rFkk pqEcdh; {ks=k }kjk ijkofrZr gksrh gSA
(D) rjaxnS/;Z ijkcsaxuh fdj.kksa ls de gksrh gSA
19. The increasing order for the values of e/m (charge/mass) is :

e/m ¼vkos'k@nzO;eku½ ds eku dk c<+rk Øe gS %
(A) e, p, n,  (B) n, p, e,  (C) e, , e (D*) n,  , p, e
20. The ratio of slopes of Kmax Vs v and V0 Vs v curves in the photoelectric effect gives (v = frequency,
Kmax = maximum kinetic energy, V0 = stopping potential) :
(A*) charge of electron (B) Planck’s constant
(C) work function (D) the ratio of Planck’s constant of electronic charge
oS|qr izdkf'kd izHkko esa Kmax o v rFkk V0 o v oØ ds <ky dk vuqikr fuEu esa ls nsrk gSA ¼v = vko`fÙk] Kmax = vf/kdre xfrt
ÅtkZ] V0 = fujks/kh foHko½
(A*) bysDVªkWu dk vkos'k (B) Iykad fLFkjkad
(C) dk;Z Qyu (D) bysDVªkWfud vkos'k ds Iykad fLFkjkad dk vuqikr
21. From the -particle scattering experiment, Rutherford concluded that

(A) -particles can come within a distance of the order of 10–14 m of the nucleus
(B) the radius of the nucleus is less than 10–14 m
(C) scattering follows Coulomb’s law
(D*) All of these
,d iz;ksx esa -d.kksa dks izlkfjr fd;k tk ldrk gSA fuEu esa ls jnjQksMZ ds fu"d"kZ gS %
(A) ukfHkd dh 10–14 m ds nwjh Øe esa -d.k vk ldrs gSaA
(B) ukfHkd dh f=kT;k 10–14 m ls de gSA
(C) çfdj.k dwykEc fu;e dk vuqikyu djrk gSA
(D*) mijksDr lHkh
22. According to Bohr's model of hydrogen atom the electric current generated due to motion of electron in nth
orbit is :
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds cksj ekWMy ds vuqlkj nth d{kk esa bysDVªkWu dh xfr ds dkj.k tks fo|qr /kkjk izokfgr gksrh gS] mldk
eku gSA
42mk 2 e 4 42mk 2 e 5 n 2h 2 42mk 2 e 5
(A) (B) (C) (D*)
n 2h 2 n 2h 2 4  2mk 2 e 5 n3h3
ADVATS - 11
Atomic Structure
23. An electron is continuously accelerated in vacuum tube by applying potenital difference. If its de-broglie
wavelength is decreased by 1 %. The change in kinetic energy of the electron is nearly.
(A) Decreased by 1 % (B*) Increased by 2 % (C) Increased by 1 % (D) Decreased by 2 %
foHkokUrj esa ,d bysDVªkWu fuokZr ufydk esa lrr~ :i ls Rofjr gSA ;fn blesa Mh&czksXyh rjax nS/;Z 1% de gks tkrh gS
rks bysDVªWku dh xfrt ÅtkZ esa ifjorZu ¼fudVre½ fuEu gS %
(A) 1 % dh deh (B*) 2 % dh o`f) (C) 1 % dh o`f) (D) 2 % dh deh
24. An electron in a hydrogen like atom makes transition from a state in which its de-Broglie wavelength is 1 to
a state where its de-Broglie wavelength is 2 then wavelength of photon () generated will be
,d gkbMªkstu leku ijek.kq esa ,d bysDVªkWu] ,d voLFkk ftles Mh-czksXyh rjaxnS/;Z 1 gS] ls nwljh voLFkk tgk¡ bldh Mh-
czksXyh rjaxnS/;Z 2 gS] es laØe.k djrk gSA rc mRiUu QksVkWu dh rjaxnS/;Z () gksxh %
4mc  21 22  21 22 2mc  21 22 

(A)  = 1 – 2 (B)  =  2  (C)  = (D*)  =  2 
h  1  22  21  22 h  1  22 
where m is mass of the electron, c is speed of light in vaccum.
tgk¡ m bysDVªkWu dk nzO;eku o c fuokZr esa çdk'k dh xfr gSA
25. The radial probability is the probability of finding electrons in a small spherical shell around the nucleus at a
particular distance (r). Hence radial probability is :
,d lw{e xksys esa bysDVªkWuks ds ik;s tkus dh izkf;drk] f=kT; izkf;drk gS tks ukfHkd ls fuf'pr nwjh (r) esa pkjksa vksj pDdj
yxkrk gSA vr% f=kT; izkf;drk gksxh &
4 2
(A*) 4 r2 dr 2 (B) r dr 2 (C) 2 r2 dr 2 (D) 4 r dr 
3
26. Which of the given statement (s) is/are false.

I Orbital angular momentum of the electron having n = 5 and having value of the azimuthal quantum
h
number as lowest for this principle quantum number is .

II If n = 3,  = 0, m = 0, for the last valence shell electron, then the possible atomic number must be
12 or 13.
7
III Total spin of electrons for the atom 25Mn is ± .
2
IV Spin magnetic moment of inert gas is 0
(A*) I, II and III (B) II and III only (C) I and IV only (D) None of these
fuEu es ls dkSulk@dkSuls dFku vlR; gS %
I n = 5 rFkk bl eq[; Dok.Ve la[;k ds fy, fnxa'kh Dok.Ve la[;k dk U;wure eku j[kus okys bysDVªkWu dk d{kh;
h
dks.kh; laosx gksrk gSA

II ;fn vafre la;ksth dks'k bysDVªkWu ds fy, n = 3,  = 0, m = 0 gS rks laHkkfor ijek.kq Øekad 12 ;k 13 gksuk pkfg;sA
7
III 25
Mn ijek.kq ds fy, bysDVªkWuksa dk dqy pØ.k ± gSA
2
IV vfØ; xSl dk pØ.k pqEcdh; vk?kw.kZ 'kwU; gSA
(A*) I, II rFkk III (B) dsoy II rFkk III (C) dsoy I vkSj IV (D) buesa ls dksbZ ugha
ADVATS - 12
Atomic Structure
MATCH THE COLUMN
dkWye dks lqesfyr dhft, (MATCH THE COLUMN)
27. Column-I Column-II
(A) (p) 4s
(B) (q) 5py
(C) Angular probability is dependent of  and  (r) 3s

(D) Atleast one angular node is present (s) 6dxy
dkWye-I dkWye-II
(A) (p) 4s
(B) (q) 5py
(C) dks.kh; izkf;drk  rFkk  ij fuHkZj djrh gSA (r) 3s

(D) de ls de ,d dks.kh; uksM mifLFkr gSA (s) 6dxy
Ans. (A) - (p) ; (B) - (p,q,s) ; (C) - (q,s) ; (D) - (q,s)
PART - II : SINGLE AND DOUBLE VALUE INTEGER TYPE

Hkkx - II : ,dy ,oa f}&iw.kk±d eku izdkj ¼SINGLE AND DOUBLE VALUE INTEGER TYPE½
28. How many of the following statements are true about the cathode rays ?
(i) Path of travelling is straight from the cathode with a very high velocity as it produces shadow of an object
placed in its path.
(ii) rays consist of material particle.
(iii) They deflect towards negative end of the electrode.
(iv) They produce yellow glow when the glass will beyond anode.
(v) Cathode rays penetrate through thin sheets of aluminium and metals.
(vi) They affect the photographic plates
(vii) The ratio of charge(e) to mass(m) i.e. charge/mass is same for all cathode rays irrespective of the gas
used in the tube. e/m = 1.76 × 1011 Ckg–1
ADVATS - 13
Atomic Structure
(viii) cathode rays are visible at low voltage.
dSFkksM fdj.kksa ds lanHkZ esa fuEu esa ls fdrus dFku lgh gS \
(i) vfr mPp osx dh dSFkksM+ fdj.ksa lh/ks iFk ij xfr'khy gSA ;g bl iFk esa ,d oLrq dh Nk;k izfrikfnr djrh gSA
(ii) fdj.ksa /kkrq d.kksa ds lkFk feyh gksrh gSA
(iii) ;g _.kkRed bysDVªksM dh rjQ vkdf"kZr gksrh gSA
(iv) ;g dk¡p ls vkj&ikj gksus ij ,uksM ij ihyh ped nsrh gSA
(v) dSFkksM fdj.kksa dks tc ,yqfefu;e rFkk /kkrq dh iryh pknj ij Mkyk tkrk gSA rks ;g mlls ikj gks tkrh gSA
(vi) ;g QksVksxzkfQd IysV dks izHkkfor djrh gSA
(vii) lHkh dSFkksM fdj.kksa dk vkos'k vuqikr (e) nzO;eku (m) vFkkZr~ vkos'k@nzO;eku leku gksrk gSA ufydk esa iz;qDr xSl dk
fujis{k eku e/m = 1.76 × 1011 Ckg–1 gSA
(viii) dSFkksM fdj.ksa de oksYVst ij Hkh fn[kkbZ nsrh gSA
Ans. 5 (i, ii, v, vi, vii)
29. When a certain metal was irradiated with light frequency 1.6 × 1016 Hz, the photo electrons emitted had twice
the kinetic energy as did photoelectrons emitted with frequency 1 × 1016 Hz when the same metal was
irradiated with light, then threshold frequency x × 1015 Hz. Find "x".
tc fdlh /kkrq dh lrg ij 1.6 × 1016 Hz vko`fr dk çdk'k vkifrr gksrk gS rks mRlftZr gksus okys bysDVªkWu dh xfrt ÅtkZ
leku /kkrq ij vkifrr çdk'k dh vko`fr 1 × 1016 ds lkis{k nwxquh gksrh gS] rks leku /kkrq fodf.kZr djus ds fy,] nsgyh vko`fr
x × 1015 Hz gSA rc "x" dk eku Kkr dhft, %
Ans. 4
30. A radio station is broadcasting programme at 100 MHz frequency. If the distance between the radio station
and the receive set is 300 KM. How long the signal would take to reach the set from the radio station in
term of 10–3 sec.
,d jsfM;ks LVs'ku 100 MHz vko`fr ij dk;ZØe dk çlkj.k dj jgk gSA ;fn jsfM;ks LVs'ku rFkk laxzkgd ds e/; dh nwjh
300 KM gS rks jsfM;ks LVs'ku ls lwpukvksa dks igw¡pus esa 10–3 lSd.M ds inksa esa fdruk le; yxsxkA
Ans. 1
31. A single electron system has ionization energy 20902.2 kJ/mole. Find the number of protons in the
nucleus of the system.
,dy bysDVªkWu ra=k 20902.2 kJ/mole vk;uu ÅtkZ j[krk gSA rks ra=k ds ukfHkd esa çksVksuksa dh la[;k Kkr djsaA
Ans. 4
32. There are two samples of H and He+ atom. Both are in some excited state. In hydrogen atom total
number of lines observed in Balmer series is 4 and in He+ atom total number of lines observed in
paschen series is 1. Electron in hydrogen sample make transitions to lower states from its excited
state, then the photon corresponding to the line of maximum energy line of Balmer series of H sample
is used to further excite the already excited He+ sample. Then maximum excitation level of He+ sample
will be :
H vkSj He+ ijek.kq ds nks uewus fdlh mRrsftr voLFkk esa gSA nksuksa gh fdlh mÙksftr voLFkk esa gSA H ijek.kq esa ckej Js.kh
esa izkIr dqy js[kkvksa dh la[;k 4 gS vkSj He+ vk;u esa ik'pu Js.kh esa izkIr js[kkvksa dh la[;k 1 gSA H ds uewus dk bysDVªkWu
bldh mRrsftr voLFkk ls fuEure voLFkk esa laØe.k djrk gSA rc H uewus esa ckWej Js.kh dh vf/kdre ÅtkZ dh js[kk ls
lacf/kr QksVkWu] He+ uewus dks] tks igys ls mRrsftr gS] vkxs mRrsftr djus esa dke vk jgk gSA rc He+ uewus ds vf/kdre
mRrsftr Lrj (n) dh x.kuk dhft,A
Ans. 12
33. An element undergoes a reaction as shown : -
x + e–  x – energy released = 30.87 eV
If the energy released, is used to dissociate 12 g of H2 molecules, equally into H+ and H*, where H* is an
excited state, in which the electron travels a path length equal to four times it’s debroglie wavelength.
Determine the least amount (in moles) of ‘x’ that would be required.
Given: I.E. of H = 13.6 eV/atom , Bond energy of H2 = 4.526 eV/molecule.
ADVATS - 14
Atomic Structure
,d rRo fn[kkbZ x;h vfHkfØ;k iznf'kZr djrk gSA ftls bl izdkj iznf'kZr fd;k x;k gSaA
x + e–  x – mRlftZr ÅtkZ = 30.87 eV
mRlftZr ÅtkZ 12 g H2 v.kq dks leku :i ls H+ vkSj H* esa fo;ksftr djus ds dke vkrh gS] tgk¡ H* mÙksftr voLFkk gS
ftlesa bysDVªku viuh Mh&czksXyh rjax nS/;Z dh pkj xquh iFk yEckbZ r; djrk gSA
‘x’ dh lcls de ek=kk Kkr djks tks fd vko';d gks %
fn;k x;k gS & H dh I.E. = 13.6 eV/atom, H2 dh ca/k ÅtkZ = 4.526 eV/molecule.
Ans. 6
34. Photons of equal energy were incident on two different gas samples. One sample containing
H-atoms in the ground state and the other sample containing H-atoms in some excited state with a principal
quantum number ‘n’. The photonic beams totally ionise the H-atoms. If the difference in the kinetic energy of
the ejected electrons in the two different cases is 12.75 eV. Then find the principal quantum number ‘n’ of the
excited state.
nks fHkUu xSl ds uewuksa ij leku ÅtkZ ds QksVkWu dks vkifrr fd;k tkrk gSSA ,d uewus esa H-ijek.kq vk| voLFkk esa gS vkSj
nwljs uewus esa H-ijek.kq fdlh mRrsftr voLFkk esa gS ftldh eq[; DokUVe la[;k ‘n gSA QksVkWu fdj.ksa (photonic beams)
H-ijek.kq dks iw.kZr% vk;fur dj nsrh gSaA ;fn nksuksa vyx&vyx fLFkfr;ksa esa mRlftZr bysDVªkWu dh xfrt ÅtkZ dk vUrj
12.75 eV gS] rc mRrsftr voLFkk esa eq[; DokUVe la[;k ‘n’ dk eku Kkr dhft,A
Ans. 4
35. In a sample of hydrogen atom in ground state electrons make transition from ground state to a particular
excited state where path length is five times de-broglie wavelength, electrons make back transition to the
ground state producing all possible photons. If photon having 2nd highest energy of this sample can be used
to excite the electron in a particular excited state of Li2+ atom then find the final excited state of Li2+ atom.
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds ,d uewus esa bysDVªkWu] ewy voLFkk ls ,d fuf'pr mÙksftr voLFkk esa tkrk gS tgka iFk yEckbZ Mh&czkWXyh
rjax}S/;Z dh ikap xquk gSA bysDVªkWu lHkh laHko QksVkWu dks mRiUu dj okil ewy voLFkk esa vk tkrk gSA ;fn f}rh; mPpre
ÅtkZ ds QksVkWu dk mi;ksx dj Li2+ vk;u ijek.kq dks fuf'pr mÙksftr voLFkk esa mÙksftr fd;k tkrk gS rks Li2+ ijek.kq
dh vafre mÙksftr voLFkk dk eku crkvksA
Ans. 12
36. The uncertainty in position and velocity of the particle are 0.1 nm and 5.27×10–27 ms–1 respectively. Then the
mass of the particle in grams is : (h = 6.625 × 10–34Js). Represent answer by dividing with 10.
,d d.k dh fLFkfr vkSj osx esa vfuf'prrk,a Øe'k% 0.1 nm rFkk 5.27×10–24 ms–1 gSA rc d.k dk nzO;eku gksxk%
(h = 6.625 × 10–34Js). vius mÙkj dks 10 ls Hkkx nsdj fyf[k,A
Ans. 10
37. If each orbital can hold a maximum of 3 electrons, the number of elements in 4th periodic table (long form) is.
;fn izR;sd d{kd U;wure 3 bysDVªkWu j[k ldrk gS rks 4th vkorZ lkj.kh ¼nh?kZ :i½ esa rRoksa dh la[;k gksxhA
Ans. 48
38. In all how many nodal planes are there in the atomic orbitals for the principal quantum number n = 3
eq[; Dok.Ve la[;k n = 3 ds fy, lHkh ijek.oh; d{kdks esa fdrus uksMy ry mifLFkr gSA
Ans. 11
234 206
39. 90 Th disintegrates to give 82 Pb as the final product. How many alpha and beta particles are emitted
during this process ? Express answer as number of -particle + number of -particle emitted.
tc 234 206
90 Th fo[kafMr gksrk gS rks vfUre mRikn ds :i esa 82 Pb nsrk gSA bl izØe esa fdrus  rFkk  d.k mRlftZr gksrs
gSA vruk mÙkj &d.kksa dh la[;k + &d.kksa dh la[;k ds :i esa O;Dr dhft,A
Ans. 13
ADVATS - 15
Atomic Structure
ONE OR MORE THAN ONE OPTIONS CORRECT TYPE
,d ;k ,d ls vf/kd lgh fodYi çdkj
40. Which is true about an electron?
(A*) Rest mass of electron is 9.1 × 10–28 g
(B*) Mass of electron increases with the increase in velocity
(C*) Molar mass of electron is 5.48 × 10–4 g/mole
(D*) e/m of electron is 1.7 × 108 coulomb/g
bysDVªkWu ls lacaf/kr dkSulk@dkSuls rF; lR; gS@gSa \
(A*) bysDVªkWu dk fojke nzO;eku 9.1 × 10–28 xzke gSA (B*) bysDVªkWu dk nzO;eku osx ds c<+us ds lkFk c<+rk gSA
(C*) bysDVªkWu dk eksyj nzO;eku 5.48 × 10–4 xzke/eksy gSA (D*) bysDVªkWu dk e/m 1.7 × 108 dwykWe/xzke gksrk gSA
41. Many elements have non-integral atomic masses because

(A*) they have isotopes
(B*) their isotopes have non-integral masses
(C*) the constituents, neutrons, protons and electrons combine to give fractional masses
(D) none of these
vusd rRo vlekdyuh; ijek.kq nzO;eku j[krs gSa D;ksafd
(A*) muds leLFkkfud gksrs gSaA
(B*) muds leLFkkfud vlekdyuh; nzO;eku j[krs gSA
(C*) buds vo;o] U;wVªkWu] izksVksu o bysDVªkWu lHkh feydj fHkUukRed Hkkj j[krs gSA
(D) buesa ls dksbZ ughaA
42. Which of the following statement(s) are wrong ?

(A*) Photons having energy 400 kJ will break 4 mole bonds of a molecule A2 where A–A bond dissociation
energy is 100kJ/mol.
(B*) Two bulbs are emitting light having wavelength 2000Å & 3000Å respectively. If the bulbs A & B are 40
watt and 30 watt respectively then the ratio of no. of photons emitted by A & B per day is 1 : 2.
(C*) When an electron make transition from lower to higher orbit, photon is emitted.
(D) None of the above
fuEu esa ls xyr dFku crkb;s&
(A*) 400 kJ ÅtkZ okys QksVksu v.kq A2 ds 4 eksy cU/k dks lnSo rksM+rs gSa tgk¡ A – A cU/k fo;kstu ÅtkZ 100 kJ/mol gSA
(B*) 2000Å rFkk 3000Å rjax}S/;Z dh jks'kuh nsus okys nks cYc A rFkk B Øe'k% 40 okV rFkk 30 okV ds gSaA rc izfr fnu
A rFkk B }kjk mRlftZr QksVksu dh la[;k dk vuqikr 1 : 2 gSA
(C*) tc ,d bySDVªkWu fuEu d{kk ls mPp d{kk dh vksj laØe.k djrk gS rks QksVksu mRlftZr gksrs gSaA
(D) mijksDr esa ls dksbZ ughaA
43. In a hydrogen like sample two different types of photons A and B are produced by electronic transition.
Photon B has it’s wavelength in infrared region. If photon A has more energy than B, then the photon A may
belong to the region
(A*) ultraviolet (B*) visible (C*) infrared (D) None
,d gkbMªkstu tSls uewus esa nks vyx izdkj ds QksVksu A rFkk B bySDVªkWfud laØe.k }kjk mRikfnr gksrs gSaA QksVksu B dh
rjax nS/;Z vojDr {ks=k esa gSaA ;fn QksVksu A dh ÅtkZ B ls vf/kd gksrh gks] rks A QksVksu lacaf/kr gks ldrk gS %
(A*) ijkcSaxuh {ks=k (B*) n`'; {ks=k (C*) vojDr {ks=k (D) dksbZ ugha
44. Identify the correct statement(s) :

(A) Wavelength associated with a 1 kg ball moving with the velocity 100 m/s can’t be calculated.
(B*) Wave nature of the running train is difficult to observe because wavelength is extremely small.
hc
(C) Wavelength associated with the electron can be calculated using the formulae E =

(D*) If an electron is accelerated through 20 V potential difference if it has already 5eV kinetic energy then
wavelength of the electron is approximately 6 Å.
ADVATS - 16
Atomic Structure
lgh dFku@dFkuksa dks igpkfu;s :
(A) 100 m/s osx ls xfr djrh 1 kg dh xasn ls lacaf/kr rjax&nS/;Z dh x.kuk ugha dh tk ldrhA
(B*) nkSM+rh gqbZ jsyxkM+h dh rjax izd`fr izsf{kr ugha dh tk ldrh D;ksfd rjaxnS/;Z cgqr NksVh gSA
hc
(C) bySDVªkWu ls lacaf/kr rjaxnS/;Z dh x.kuk lw=k E = dk iz;ksx djds dh tk ldrh gSA

(D*) ;fn ,d bysDVªkWu dh xfrt ÅtkZ igys ls gh 5 eV gS o bls 20 V foHkokUrj ls Rofjr fd;k tkrk gS] rks bysDVªkWu
dh rjaxnS/;Z yxHkx 6 Å gksxhA
45. d z2  orbital has :

(A*) Two lobes along z-axis (B) Ring along yz-plane
(C) Ring along xy-plane (D) Ring along x axis
d z2  d{kd esa gS :
(A*) z-v{k ij nks ikfy;k¡ (lobes) vkSj xy-ry esa ,d oy; (ring)
(B) z-v{k ij nks ikfy;k¡ (lobes) vkSj xy-ry esa nks ikfy;k¡ (lobes)
(C) z-v{k ij nks ikfy;k¡ (lobes) vkSj yz-ry esa ,d oy; (ring)
(D) z-v{k ij oy; (ring) vkSj nks ikfy;k¡ (lobes)
46. If mp is the mass of proton. mn that of a neutron, M1 that of 10Ne20 nucleus and M2 that of 20Ca40 nucleus, then
which of the following relations is/are not true ?
;fn izksVksu dk nzO;eku mp] U;wVªkWu dk mn] 10Ne20 ukfHkd dk M1 rFkk 20Ca40 ukfHkd dk M2 gks rks fuEu esa ls dkSulk lEcUèk
xyr gS \
(A*) M2 > 2M1 (B) M2 < 20 (mp + mn) (C*) M2 = 2M1 (D) M2 < 2M1
PART - IV : PRACTICE TEST-2 (IIT-JEE (ADVANCED Pattern))

Hkkx - IV : PRACTICE TEST-2 (IIT-JEE (ADVANCED Pattern))
Max. Time : 1 Hr. Max. Marks : 66
Important Instructions
egÙoiw.kZ funsZ'k %
A. General lkekU; %
1. The test is of 1 hour duration.
ijh{kk dh vof/k 1 ?kaVs gSA
2. The Test Booklet consists of 22 questions. The maximum marks are 66.
bl ijh{kk iqfLrdk esa 22 iz'u gSA vf/kdre vad 66 gSA
B. Question Paper Format
iz'u&i=k dk izk:i
3. Each part consists of five sections.
bl iz'u&i=k esa ik¡p [kaM gSaA
4. Section 1 contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of
which ONE is correct.
[kaM 1 esa 7 cgqfodYi iz'u gSaA gj iz'u esa pkj fodYi (A), (B), (C) vkSj (D) gSa ftuesa ls ,d lgh gSaA
5. Section 2 contains 5 multiple choice questions. Each question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of
which ONE OR MORE THAN ONE are correct.
[kaM 2 esa 5 cgqfodYi iz'u gSaA gj iz'u esa pkj fodYi (A), (B), (C) vkSj (D) gSa ftuesa ls ,d ;k ,d ls vf/kd lgh gSaA
6. Section 3 contains 6 questions. The answer to each of the questions is a single-digit integer, ranging from 0 to
9 (both inclusive).
[kaM 3 esa 6 iz'u gSaA izR;sd iz'u dk mÙkj 0 ls 9 rd ¼nksuksa 'kkfey½ ds chp dk ,dy vadh; iw.kkZad gSA
7. Section 4 contains 1 paragraphs each describing theory, experiment and data etc. 3 questions relate to paragraph.
Each question pertaining to a partcular passage should have only one correct answer among the four given
choices (A), (B), (C) and (D).
ADVATS - 17
Atomic Structure
[k.M 4 esa fl)kUrksa] iz;ksxksa vkSj vk¡dM+ksa vkfn dks n'kkZus okys 1 vuqPNsn gSaA vuqPNsn ls lacaf/kr rhu iz'u gSaA fdlh Hkh vuqPNsn
esa gj iz'u ds pkj fodYi (A), (B), (C) vkSj (D) gSa ftuesa ls dsoy ,d gh lgh gSA
8. Section 5 contains 1 multiple choice questions. Question has two lists (list-1 : P, Q, R and S; List-2 : 1, 2, 3 and
4). The options for the correct match are provided as (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
[kaM 5 esa 1 cgqfodYi iz'u gSaA iz'u esa nks lwfp;k¡ (lwph-1 : P, Q, R vkSj S; lwph-2 : 1, 2, 3 vkSj 4) gSA lgh feyku ds fy,
fodYi (A), (B), (C) vkSj (D) gSa ftuesa ls dsoy ,d lgh gSA
C. Marking Scheme vadu ;kstuk
9. For each question in Section 1, 4 and 5 you will be awarded 3 marks if you darken the bubble corresponding to
the correct answer and zero mark if no bubble is darkened. In all other cases, minus one (– 1) mark will be
awarded.
[k.M 1, 4 vkSj 6 ds gj iz'u esa dsoy lgh mÙkj okys cqycqys dks dkyk djus ij 3 vad vkSj dksbZ Hkh cqycqyk dkyk ugha djus
ij 'kwU; (0) vad iznku fd, tk;sxsaA vU; lHkh fLFkfr;ksa esa _.kkRed ,d (– 1) vad iznku fd;k tk;sxkA
10. For each question in Section 2, you will be awarded 3 marks. If you darken all the bubble(s) corresponding to
the correct answer(s) and zero mark. If no bubbles are darkened. No negative marks will be answered for
incorrect answer in this section.
[kaM 2 esa gj iz'u esa lHkh lgh mÙkj ¼mÙkjksa½ okys cqycqys ¼cqycqyksa½ dks dkyk djus ij 3 vad iznku fd;s tk;sxsa vkSj dksbZ Hkh
cqycqyk dkyk ugha djus ij 'kwU; vad iznku fd; tk;sxsaA bl [kaM ds iz'uksa esa xyr mÙkj nsus ij dksbZ _.kkRed vad ugha
fn;s tk;sxsaA
11. For each question in Section 3, you will be awarded 3 marks if you darken only the bubble corresponding to the
correct answer and zero mark if no bubble is darkened. No negative marks will be awarded for incorrect answer
in this section.
[kaM 3 esa gj iz'u esa lHkh lgh mÙkj okys cqycqys dks dkyk djus ij 3 vad iznku fd;s tk;sxsa vkSj dksbZ Hkh cqycqyk dkyk ugha
djus ij 'kwU; vad iznku fd; tk;sxsaA bl [kaM ds iz'uksa esa xyr mÙkj nsus ij dksbZ _.kkRed vad ugha fn;s tk;sxsaA
SECTION-1 : (Only One option correct Type)

This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and
(D) out of which Only ONE option is correct.
[k.M–1 : (dsoy ,zd lgh fodYi çdkj)
bl [k.M esa 7 cgqfodYi ç'u gSaA çR;sd ç'u esa pkj fodYi (A),(B),(C) vkSj (D) gSa] ftuesa ls dsoy ,d lgh gSA
1. Find the quantum number of the excited state of electrons in He+ ion which on transition to first excited state
emit photons of wavelengths 108.5 nm. (RH = 1.09678 × 107 m–1)
He+ vk;u esa bysDVªkWuksa dh mRrsftr voLFkk dh DokaVe la[;k Kkr dhft,] tks çFke mRrsftr voLFkk ds laØe.k ij
108.5 nm rjaxnS/;Z dk QksVksu mRlftZr djrk gS % (RH = 1.09678 × 107 m–1)
(A) 6 (B*) 5 (C) 4 (D) 2
1/ 2
1  1
2. For a 3s orbital  (3s) =   (6 – 6+ 2)   / 2
9 3  aº 
2Zr
Where  = . What is the maximum radial distance of node from nucleus ?
3a º
1/ 2
1  1
3s d{kd ds fy,  (3s) =   (6 – 6+ 2)   / 2
9 3  aº 
2Zr
tgk¡  = 3a ukfHkd ls uksM+ dh vf/kdre js[kh; nwjh D;k gS\
º
2 (3  3)a0 3 (3  3 )a 0 3 (3 – 3 3)a0 3 (3 – 3)a0
(A) (B*) (C) (D)
3 Z 2 Z 2 Z 2 Z
ADVATS - 18
Atomic Structure
3. A glow–worm of mass 5.0 g emits red light (650 nm) with a power of 0.10 w. entirely in the backward
direction. To what speed will it have accelerated after 10 year if released into free space and assumed to live?
(A*) 21 ms–1 (B) 29 ms–1 (C) 31.8 ms–1 (D) 0.08 ms–1
,d 5.0 g nzO;eku dk tqxuw 0.10 w 'kfDr ds lkFk yky çdk'k (650 nm) mRlftZr djrk gSA ;g iw.kZr% viuh foifjr fn'kk
esa çdk'k dks mRlftZr djrk gSA ;g ekurs gq, dh twxuw thfor jgsa rks varfj{k esa 10 o"kZ ds i'pkr~ fofdj.kksa dks fdl osx
ls Rofjr djsxkA
(A*) 21 ms–1 (B) 29 ms–1 (C) 31.8 ms–1 (D) 0.08 ms–1
4. Calculate the energy required to excited one litre of hydrogen gas at 1 atm and 298 K to the first excited state
of atomic hydrogen. The energy for the disociation of H–H bond is 436 kJ mol–1. Also calculate the minimum
frequency of photon to break this bond.
1 atm rFkk 298 K ij ijek.oh; gkbMªkstu dh çFke mRrsftr voLFkk ls ,d yhVj gkbMªkstu xSl dks mRrsftr djus ds fy,
vko';d ÅtkZ ifjdfyr dhft,A H–H ca/k ds fo;kstu dh ÅtkZ 436 kJ mol–1 gSA bl ca/k dks rksM+us ds fy, QksVkWu dh
U;wure vko`fr Hkh ifjdfyr dhft,A
(A) 98.19 Hz (B*) 10.93 × 1014 Hz (C) 1015 Hz (D) 6.22 × 1014 Hz
5. O2 undergoes photochemical dissociation into 1 normal oxygen atom (O) and more energetic oxygen atom
O*. If (O*) has 1.967 eV more energy than (O) and normal dissociation energy of O2 is 498 kJmol–1, what is
the maximum wavelength effective for the photo chemical dissociation of O2?
(A) 1.01 nm (B) 1.64 nm (C*) 1.74 nm (D) 2.74 nm
O2 çdk'k jklk;fud fo;kstu esa 1 lkekU; vkWDlhtu ijek.kq (O) rFkk vf/kd ÅtkZoku vkWDlhtu ijek.kq O* esa ifjofrZr gksrh
gSA ;fn (O*), (O) ls 1.967 eV vf/kd ÅtkZ j[krk gS rFkk O2 dh lkekU; fo;kstu ÅtkZ 498 kJmol–1 gS] rks O2 ds çdk'k
jklk;fud fo;kstu ds fy, çHkkoh vf/kdre rjaxnS/;Z D;k gS\
(A) 1.01 nm (B) 1.64 nm (C*) 1.74 nm (D) 2.74 nm
6. If the subsidiary quantum number of a subenergy level is 4, the maximum and minimum values of the spin
multiplicities are :
,d miÅtkZLrj dh lgk;d@iwjd (subsidiary) DokaVe la[;k 4 gS] rks pØ.k xq.kkadks dk vf/kdre rFkk U;wure eku gSa%
(A) 9, 1 (B) 10, 1 (C*) 10, 2 (D) 4, –4
7. 1 mol of He+ ion is excited. Spectral analysis showed existence of 50% ions in 3rd level, 25% in 2nd level and
remaining 25% in ground state. Ionization energy of He+ is 54.4 eV ; calculate total energy evolved when all
the ions return ground state.
(A*) 331.13 × 104 J (B) 400.14 × 104 J (C) 104 J (D) 6.66 × 104 J
+
1 eksy He vk;u mRrsftr gksrk gSA LisDVªe fo'ys"k.k 3rd Lrj esa 50% vk;u] 2nd Lrj esa 25% rFkk vk| Lrj esa 'ks"k 25%
vfLrRo n'kkZrk gSA He+ dh vk;uu ÅtkZ 54.4 eV gSA fu"dkflr dqy ÅtkZ ifjdfyr dhft,] tc leLr He vk;u iqu%
vk| voLFkk esa ykSV vkrs gSA
(A*) 331.13 × 104 J (B) 400.14 × 104 J
(C) 104 J (D) 6.66 × 104 J
Section-2 : (One or More than one options correct Type)

This section contains 5 multipole choice questions. Each questions has four choices (A), (B), (C) and
(D) out of which ONE or MORE THAN ONE are correct.
[k.M+-2 : (,d ;k ,d ls vf/kd lgh fodYi izdkj)
bl [k.M esa 5 cgqfodYi iz'u gSA izR;sd iz'u esa pkj fodYi (A), (B), (C) vkSj (D) gSa] ftuesa ls ,d ;k ,d ls vfèkd
lgh gSA
8. Consider the following six electronic configurations (remaining inner orbitals are completely filled) and mark
the correct option.
(I) (II) (III)
(IV) (V) (VI)
ADVATS - 19
Atomic Structure
(A*) Stability order : II > I > IV > III
(B*) Order of spin multiplicity : IV > III = I > II
(C*) V does not violate all the three rules of electronic configuration
(D) If VI represents A and A+ when kept near a magnet, acts as diamagnetic substance.
fuEu N% bysDVªkWfud foU;klksa ¼'ks"k vkUrfjd d{kd iw.kZr%~ Hkjs gq, gS½ dk voyksdu dhft, rFkk lgh fodYi dks vafdr dhft,A
(I) (II) (III)
(IV) (V) (VI)
(A*) LFkkf;Ro Øe : II > I > IV > III

(B*) pØ.k xq.ku dk Øe : IV > III = I > II
(C*) V bysDVªkWfud foU;kl ds leLr rhuksa fu;eksa dk mYya?ku ugha djrk gSA
(D) ;fn VI A rFkk A+ dks çnf'kZr djrk gS] tc bls pqEcd ds ikl j[krs gS] rks ;g çfrpqEcdh; inkFkZ dh rjg O;ogkj djrk
gSA
9. Choose the correct statement(s) :
(A*) The shape of an atomic orbital depends upon azimuthal quantum number
(B*) The orientation of an atomic orbital depends upon the magnetic quantum number
(C) The energy of an electron in an atomic orbital of multi-electron atom depends upon principal quantum
number only
(D*) The number of degenerate atomic orbitals of one type depends upon the value of azimuthal quantum
number
lgh dFku@dFkuksa dks pqfu, %
(A*) ,d ijek.oh; d{kd dh vkd`fr f}xa'kh DokaVe la[;k ij fuHkZj djrh gSA
(B*) ,d ijek.oh; d{kd dk foU;kl pqEcdh; DokaVe la[;k ij fuHkZj djrk gSA
(C) vusd&bysDVªkWu okys ijek.kq ds ,d ijek.oh; d{kd esa bysDVªkWu dh ÅtkZ dsoy eq[; DokaVe la[;k ij fuHkZj djrh
gSA
(D*) ,d çdkj ds viHkza'k ijek.oh; d{kdksa dh la[;k f}xa'kh DokaVe la[;k ds eku ij fuHkZj djrh gSA
10. The radial distribution functions [P(r)] is used to determine the most probable radius, which is used to find the
dP(r ) dP
electron in a given orbital for 1s-orbital of hydrogen like atom having atomic number Z, is =
dr dr
4Z 3  2Zr 2  2Zr / a0
2r  e :
a 30  a 0 
dP(r )
(A*) At the point of maximum value of radial distribution function = 0; one antinode is present
dr
a0
(B*) Most probable radius of Li2+ is pm
3
a0
(C*) Most probable radius of He+ is pm
2
(D*) Most probable radius of hydrogen atom is a0 pm
f=kT; forj.k Qyu [P(r)] lokZf/kd çkf;drk f=kT;k ds fu/kkZj.k ds fy, ç;qDr gksrk gS] tks ijek.kq Øekad Z j[kus okys
dP(r )
gkbMªkstu ds leku ijek.kq ds 1s d{kd ds fy, ,d fn, x;s d{kd esa bysDVªkWu dks Kkr djus ds fy, ç;qDr gksrk
dr
dP 4Z 3 2
 2r  2Zr  e 2Zr / a0

gSA ;gk¡ = 3  a 0  gS %
dr a0 
ADVATS - 20
Atomic Structure
dP(r )
(A*) f=kT; forj.k Qyu = 0 ds vf/kdre eku ds fcUnq ij ,d ,UVhuksM mifLFkr gSA
dr
a0
(B*) Li2+ dh lokZf/kd çkf;drk f=kT;k pm gSA
3
a0
(C*) He+ dh lokZf/kd çkf;drk f=kT;k pm gSA
2
(D*) gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh lokZf/kd çkf;drk f=kT;k a0 pm gSA
11. For radial probability curves, which of the following is/are correct ?
(A*) The number of maxima in 2s orbital are two
(B*) The number of spherical or radial nodes is equal to n –  – 1
(C*) The number of angular nodes are ‘’
(D) 3dz2 has 3 angular nodes
f=kT; çkf;drk oØ ds fy, fuEu esa ls dkSulk@dkSuls fodYi lgh gS@gSa \
(A*) mfPp"B dh la[;k 2s d{kd esa nks gSA
(B*) xksyh; ;k f=kT;h; uksM+ks dh la[;k n –  – 1 ds cjkcj gksrh gSA
(C*) dks.kh; uksM+ks dh la[;k ‘’ gSA
(D) 3dz2, 3 dks.kh; uksM+ j[krk gSA
12. dxy orbital has four lobes between x- and y-axes. The wave functions of two lobes are positive and those of
other two are negative. The positive wave function signifies that :
(A*) both x and y are positive (B*) both x and y are negative
(C) either x or y is negative (D) none of these
dxy d{kd x- rFkk y-v{k ds e/; 4 ikfy;k¡ j[krk gSA nks ikfy;ksa (lobes) ds rjax Qyu /kukRed gS rFkk vU; nks ikfy;ksa ds
rjax Qyu _.kkRed gSA /kukRed rjax Qyu crkrk gS fd %
(A*) x rFkk y nksuksa /kukRed gS (B*) x rFkk y nksuksa _.kkRed gS
(C) ;k rks x ;k y _.kkRed gS (D) buesa ls dksbZ ugha
Section-3 : (One Integer Value Correct Type.)

This section contains 6 questions. Each question, when worked out will result in one integer from
0 to 9 (both inclusive)
[k.M+-3: (,d iw.kkZad eku lgh izdkj)
bl [k.M esa 6 iz'u gSA izR;sd iz'u dks gy djus ij ifjek.k 0 ls 9 (nksuksa 'kkfey) ds chp dk ,d iw.kk±d eku gksxkA
13. The dissociation energy of H2 is 430.53 kJ mol–1. If H2 is exposed to radiant energy of wavelength 253.7 nm.
What % of radiant energy will be converted into kinetic energy? (Report your answer as nearest integer)
H2 dh fo;kstu ÅtkZ 430.53 kJ mol–1 gSA ;fn H2 ij 253.7 nm rjaxnS/;Z dh çfrfnIr ÅtkZ dks vkifrr fd;k tkrk gSA
çfrfnIr ÅtkZ dk fdruk % xfrt ÅtkZ esa ifjofrZr gksxk\ (viuk mÙkj fudVre iw.kk±d esa nhft,)
Ans. 9 (8.68%)
14. The IE1 of H is 13.6 eV. It is exposed to electromagnetic waves of 1028Å and gives out induced radiation.
Find out orbit of these induced radiation.
H dh IE1, 13.6 eV gSA ;g 1028Å dh oS|qrpqEcdh; rjaxs nsrk gS rFkk çsfjr fofdj.k nsrk gSA bl çsfjr fofdj.k dh d{kk
Kkr dhft,A
Ans. 3
15. A hydrogen like atom (atomic number Z) is in a higher excited state of quantum number n. This excited atom
can make a transition to the first excited state by successively emitting two photons of energies 10.20 eV
and 17.00 eV respectively. Alternatively, the atom from the same excited state can make a transition to the
second excited state by successively emitting two photons of energy 4.25 eV and 5.95 eV respectively.
Determine the values of n and Z (ionisation energy of hydrogen atom = 13.6 eV). Give answer = n + Z.
ADVATS - 21
Atomic Structure
,d gkbMªkstu ds leku ijek.kq ¼ijek.oh; la[;k Z) DokaVe la[;k n dh ,d mPp mRrsftr voLFkk esa gSAa ;g mRrsftr ijek.kq
Øe'k% 10.20 eV rFkk 17.00 eV ÅtkZvksa ds nks QksVkWu ds Øekxr mRltZu }kjk çFke mRrsftr voLFkk esa laØe.k cuk ldrk
gSA ,dkUrj :i ls leku mRrsftr voLFkk ls ijek.kq Øe'k% 4.25 eV rFkk 5.95 eV ÅtkZ ds nks QksVksu Øekxr mRltZu
}kjk f}rh; mRrsftr voLFkk esa laØe.k cuk ldrk gSA n rFkk Z (gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh vk;uu ÅtkZ = 13.6 eV) ds ekuksa
dk fu/kkZj.k dhft,A mRrj n + Z ds :i esa nhft,A
Ans. 9
16. A moving particle is associated with wavelength 5 × 10–8m . If its momentum is reduced to half of its value,
compute the new wavelength. If answer is 10–x then find ‘x’.
,d xfreku d.k dk rjaxnS/;Z 5 × 10–8m gS] vxj bldk laosx vk/kk dj fn;k tk;s rks u;k rjaxnS/;Z D;k gksxkA vxj eku
10–x gS] rks ‘x’ Kkr djsaA
Ans. 7
17. According to Bohr theory, the electronic energy of a hydrogen atom in the nth Bohr atom is given by
21.76  10 19
En= – J. Calculate the longest wavelength of light that will be needed to remove an electron
n2
from the third Bohr orbit of the He+ ion (If the wavelength is x × 10–7 (in meter) and x is an integer. Report ‘x’)
21.76  10 19
cksj fl)kar ds vuqlkj] vxj H-ijek.kq dh nth d{kk ds fy, bysDVªkWfud ÅtkZ En= – J gS] rks vf/kdre
n2
fdruh rjaxnS/;Z dk çdk'k He+ dh rhljh d{kk ls bysDVªkWu fudy ldrk gS\ (vxj rjaxnS/;Z x × 10–7 (ehVj esa) gS o x ,d
iw.kk±d gS] rks ‘x’ Kkr djsaA)
Ans. 2
7
18. 4 Be captures a K-electron into its nucleus. What will be the sum of mass number and atomic number of the
nuclide formed ?
7
4 Be dk ukfHkd ;fn K-bysDVªkWu dks xzg.k djrk gS rks cuus okys ukfHkd dk nzO;eku la[;k ,oa ijek.kq la[;k dk ;ksx D;k
gksxk \
Ans. 10 (7 + 3 = 10)
SECTION-4 : Comprehension Type (Only One options correct)

This section contains 1 paragraphs, each describing theory, experiments, data etc. 3 questions
relate to the paragraph. Each question has only one correct answer among the four given options
(A), (B), (C) and (D)
[k.M–4 : vuqPNsn çdkj (dsoy ,d fodYi lgh)
bl [k.M esa fl)karksa] ç;ksxksa vkSj vk¡dM+ksa vkfn dks n'kkZus okys 1 vuqPNsn gSA vuqPNsn ls lacaf/kr rhu ç'u gSaA vuqPNsn esa
gj ç'u ds pkj fodYi (A), (B), (C) vkSj (D) gSa] ftuesa ls dsoy ,d gh lgh gSA
Paragraph For Questions 19 to 21

Werner Heisenberg considered the limits of how precisely we can measure the properties of an electron or
other microscopic particle. He determined that there is a fundamental limit to how closely we can measure
both position and momentum. The more accurately we measure the momentum of a particle, the less
accurately we can determine its position. The converse is also true. This is summed up in what we now call
the Heisenberg uncertainty principle.
h
The equation is x.(mv) 
4
The uncertainty in the position or in the momentum of a macroscopic object like a baseball is too small to
observe. However, the mass of microscopic object such as an electron is small enough for the uncertainty to
be relatively large and significant.
ADVATS - 22
Atomic Structure
ç'u la[;k 19 vkSj 21 ds fy, vuqPNsn
ouZj gkbtsucxZ fl)kar ;FkkFkZ lhek;sa crkrk gS fd dSls ge ,d bysDVªkWu ;k vU; lw{en'khZ; d.kksa ds xq.k dks eki ldrs
gSA og fu/kkZfjr djrk gS fd dSls ,d ewyHkwr lhek ls ge fLFkr rFkk laosx nksuksa dk ekiu dj ldrs gSA vf/kd ;FkkFkZrk
ls ge d.k ds laosx dk ekiu dj ldrs gS rFkk de ;FkkFkZrk ls ge bldh fLFkfr dk ekiu dj ldrs gSA ;g :ikUrj.k
lR; gSA bls vc ge gkbtsucxZ dk vfuf'prrk fl)kar dgrs gSA
h
lehdj.k gS % x.(mv) 
4
cslckWy ds leku ,d lw{en'khZ; oLrq dh fLFkfr ;k laosx esa vfuf'prrk cgqr de çsf{kr gksrh gSA ;|fi bysDVªkWu ds leku
,d lw{en'khZ; oLrq dk nzO;eku vkisf{kd cM+s rFkk fof'k"B d.k dh vfuf'prrk ds fy, cgqr de gksrk gSA
19. If the uncertainties in position and momentum are equal, the uncertainty in the velocity is :
;fn fLFkfr o laosx dh vfuf'prrk leku gS rks osx dh vfuf'prrk gksxh %
h h 1 h
(A) (B) (C*) (D) none of these buesa ls dksbZ ugha
 2 2m 
20. If the uncertainty in velocity and position is same, then the uncertainty in momentum will be :
;fn fLFkfr o osx dh vfuf'prrk leku gS rks laosx dh vfuf'prrk gksxh %
hm h h 1 h
(A*) (B) m (C) (D)
4 4 4 m m 4
21. What would be the minimum uncertainty in de-Broglie wavelength of a moving electron accelerated by
7
potential difference of 6 volt and whose uncertainty in position is nm ?
22
,d xfreku bysDVªkWu dks 6 oksYV foHkokUrj esa j[kk tk,s rks mldh Mh&czksXyh rjaxnS/;Z dh fuEure vfuf'prrk fdruh gksxh
7
;fn mldh fLFkfr esa nm dh vfuf'prrk gSA
22
(A) 6.25 Å (B) 6 Å (C*) 0.625 Å (D) 0.1325 Å
SECTION-5 : Matching List Type (Only One options correct)

This section contains 1 questions, each having two matching lists. Choices for the correct combination
of elements from List-I and List-II are given as options (A), (B), (C) and (D) out of which one is correct
[k.M-5 : lqesyu lwph izdkj ¼dsoy ,d fodYi lgh½
bl [k.M esa 1 cgqfodYi iz'u gSA izR;sd iz'u esa nks lqesyu lwfp;k¡ gSA lwfp;ksa ds fy, dwV ds fodYi (A), (B), (C) vkSj
(D) gSa ftuesa ls dsoy ,d lgh gSA
22. Match each List-I with an appropriate pair of characteristics from List-II and select the correct answer using
the code given below the lists.
List-I List-II
P. Lyman series 1. maximum number of spectral line observed = 6
Q. Balmer series 2. maximum number of spectral line observed = 2
8R
R. In a sample of H-atom for 5 upto 2 transition 3. 2nd line has wave number
9
3R
S. In a single isolated H-atom for 3 upto1 transition. 4. 2nd line has wave number
16
ADVATS - 23
Atomic Structure
lwph-I dks lwph-II ds vfHky{k.kksa ds mfpr ;qXe ds lkFk lqesfyr dhft, rFkk lwph ds uhps fn;s x;s dksMksa dk iz;ksx djrs gq,
lgh mÙkj dk p;u dhft,A
lwph I lwph II
P. ykbeu Js.kh 1. LisDVªy js[kk dh vf/kdre la[;k = 6
Q. ckej Js.kh 2. LisDVªy js[kk dh vf/kdre la[;k = 2
8R
R. gkbMªkstu ds uewus esa 5 ls 2 rd laØe.k 3. 2nd js[kk dh rjax la[;k = 9
3R
S. ,d foyfxr H ijek.kq esa 3 ls 1 rd laØe.k 4. 2nd js[kk dh rjax la[;k = 16
Code (dksM) :
P Q R S P Q R S
(A*) 3 4 1 2 (B) 1 2 4 3
(C) 3 1 2 4 (D) 2 3 1 4
PART - V : INDIAN NATIONAL CHEMISTRY OLYMPIAD (INChO) STAGE-II

Hkkx - V : INDIAN NATIONAL CHEMISTRY OLYMPIAD (INChO) STAGE-II
Problem-1
Hydrogen atom :
The electronic ground state of hydrogen atom contains one electron in the first orbit. If sufficient energy is
provided, this electron can be promoted to higher energy levels. The electronic energy of a hydrogen-like
species (any atom/ions with nuclear charge Z and one electron) can be given as
RH Z 2
En = – where RH = Rydberg constant, n = principal quantum number [10 Marks]
n2
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq :
,d gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh vk|voLFkk esa ,d bysDVªkWu izFke d{kk esa mifLFkr gSA ;fn i;kZIr ÅtkZ nh tkrh gS rc ;g bysDVªkWu
mPp ÅtkZ Lrj esa LFkkukarfjr ¼inksUur½ gks tkrk gSA gkbMªkstu leku Lih'kht ¼ukfHkdh; vkos'k Z rFkk ,d bysDVªkWu ;qDr
dksbZ ijek.kq@vk;u½ dh bysDVªkWfud ÅtkZ fuEu izdkj nh tk ldrh gSA
RH Z 2
En = – tgk¡ RH = fjMcxZ fu;rkad, n = eq[;DokaVe la[;k [10 Marks]
n2
1.1 The energy in Joule of an electron in the second orbit of H-atom is : [0.5 Mark]
H-ijek.kq dh f}rh; d{kk esa ,d bysDVªkWu dh ÅtkZ ¼twy esa½ gS : [0.5 Mark]
Ans. –5.45 × 10–19 J
1.2 The energy required to promote the ground state electron of H-atom to the first excited state is :
When an electron returns from a higher energy level to a lower energy level, energy is given out in the form of
UV/Visible radiaiton. [1 Mark]
H-ijek.kq ds bysDVªkWu dks vk| voLFkk ls izFke mÙksftr voLFkk esa LFkkukUrj.k ds fy, vko';d ÅtkZ ...... eV gS %
tc ,d bysDVªkWu mPp ÅtkZ Lrj ls U;wu ÅtkZ Lrj esa vkrk gS rc ÅtkZ UV/n`'; fofdj.k ds :i esa fudyrh gSA
[1 Mark]
Ans. 10.2 eV
1.3 Calculate the wavelength of light (nm) for the electronic transition of H-atom from the first excited state to
ground state. [1 Mark]
H-ijek.kq ds izFke mÙksftr voLFkk ls vk| voLFkk esa bysDVªkWfud laØe.k esa mRlftZr izdk'k dh rjaxnS/;Z (nm) dh x.kuk
dhft;sA [1 Mark]
In the model of hydrogen like atom put forward by Niels Bohr (1913), the electron orbits around the central
nucleus. The Bohr radius of nth orbit of a hydrogen-like species is given by
n2
r=k where, k is constant
Z
ADVATS - 24
Atomic Structure
fuYl cksgj (1913) ds vuqlkj gkbMªkstu leku ijek.kq ds izfr:i esa dsfUnz; ukfHkd ds pkjksa vkSj bysDVªkWu d{kk mifLFkr
gksrh gSA gkbMªkstu leku Lih'kht dh nth d{kk dh f=kT;k fuEu izdkj fn tk ldrh gS&
n2
r=k tgk¡, k fu;rkad gSA
Z
Ans. 121.9 nm
1.4 What is the principal quantum number, n' of the orbit of Be3+ that has the same Bohr radius as that of ground
state hydrogen atom? [1 Mark]
Be+3 ds ml d{kk ds fy, eq[; DokVe la[;k n' dk eku D;k gS ftlds fy, cksj f=kT;k gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh vk| voLFkk
dh f=kT;k ds leku gS ? [1 Mark]
n' =
Ans. 2
1.5 The ratio of energy of an electron in the ground state Be3+ ion to that of ground state H atom is :
(A) 16 (B) 4 (C) 1 (D) 8
The kinetic and potential energies of an electron in the H atoms are given as
e2 1 e2
K.E. = and P.E. = – 4 [1 Mark]
4 0 2r 0 r
Be3+ vk;u dh vk| voLFkk esa ,d bysDVªkWu dh ÅtkZ o H ijek.kq dh vk| voLFkk dh ÅtkZ dk vuqikr gS :
(A) 16 (B) 4 (C) 1 (D) 8
H ijek.kq esa ,d bysDVªkWu dh xfrt rFkk fLFkfrt ÅtkZvksa dks fuEu izdkj fn;k tk ldrk gSA
e2 1 e2
K.E. = rFkk P.E. = – 4 [1 Mark]
4 0 2r 0 r
Ans. 16
1.6 Calculate the following :
(a) the kinetic energy (in eV) of an electron in the ground state of hydrogen atom.
(b) the potential energy (in eV) of an electron in the ground state of hydrogen atom. [2.5 Marks]
fuEu dh x.kuk fdft;s :
(a) gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh vk| voLFkk esa ,d bysDVªkWu dh xfrt ÅtkZ (eV esa)
(b) gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh vk| voLFkk esa ,d bysDVªkWu dh fLFkfrt ÅtkZ (eV esa) [2.5 Marks]
Ans. Ground state energy vk| voLFkk ÅtkZ = –13.6 eV
K.E. = +13.6 eV  P.E. = –27.2 eV
1.7 A gaseous excited hydrogen-like species with nuclear charge Z can emit radiations of six different photon
energies. [0.5 Marks]
(a) The principal quantum number of the excited state is :
(A) 6 (B) 5 (C) 4 (D) 3
(b) It was observed that when this excited species emits photons of energy = 2.64 eV when it comes to next
lower energy state. Calculate the nuclear charge of the species.
The least energy required to remove an electron from a species is known as the ionization energy (I.E.) of the
species. The experimental I.E. of He atom is 24.58 eV. [1 Mark]
ukfHkdh; vkos'k Z ;qDr ,d gkbMªkt
s u leku mÙksftr xSlh; Lih'kht 6 fofHkUu izdkj ds QksVksu ÅtkZvksa okys fofdj.k mRlftZr
dj ldrk gSA [0.5 Marks]
(a) mÙksftr voLFkk dh eq[; DokaVe la[;k gS %
(A) 6 (B) 5 (C) 4 (D) 3
(b) ;g ik;k x;k fd] tc ;g Lih'kht vxys fuEu ÅtkZ Lrj esa vkrk gS rc mRlftZr QksVksu dh ÅtkZ 2.64 eV gS rc Lih'kht
ds ukfHkdh; vkos'k dh x.kuk dhft;sA [1 Mark]
,d Lih'kht ls ,d bysDVªkWu dks i`Fkd djus ds fy, vko';d U;wure ÅtkZ vk;uu ÅtkZ (I.E.) dgykrh gSA He ijek.kq
dh izk;ksfxd I.E. 24.58 eV gSA
Ans. (a) 4 (b) 2
ADVATS - 25
Atomic Structure
1.8 Total energy required to remove two electrons from He is : [1.5 Marks]
He ijek.kq ls nks bysDVªkWu i`Fkd djus ds fy, vko';d dqy ÅtkZ gS % [1.5 Marks]
Ans. 79.0 eV
PART - VI : INTERNATIONAL CHEMISTRY OLYMPIAD (IChO) STAGE-V

Hkkx - VI : INTERNATIONAL CHEMISTRY OLYMPIAD (IChO) STAGE-V
PROBLEM-1 (IChO -1991)
-18 2
The energy of stable states of the hydrogen atom is given by: En = –2.18×10 /n [J] where n denotes the
principal quantum number.
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh LFkk;h voLFkk dh ÅtkZ En = –2.18×10-18/n2 [J] gSA tgk¡ n eq[; Dok.Ve la[;k gSA
1.1 Calculate the energy differences between n = 2 (first excited state) and n = 1 (ground state) and between n
= 7 and n = 1.
n = 2 ¼izFke mÙksftr voLFkk½ o n = 1 ds e/; rFkk n = 7 o n = 1 ds e/; ÅtkZ vUrjky (E) dh x.kuk dhft,A
Sol. En1 = En – E1 = 2.18×10–18 (1 – n2)
E21 = 1.635×10–18 J
E71 = 2.135×10–18 J
1.2 In what spectral range is the Lyman series lying ?

ykbeu Js.kh dh LisDVªe ijkl D;k gS \
Sol. The Lyman series is due to En1 varying from 1.635×10–18 J (n = 1) to 2.135×10–18 J (n  ), which
corresponds to 121.5 nm and to 93.0 nm, respectively. This is in the UV-region.
ykbeu Js.kh 1.635×10–18 J (n = 1) ls 2.135×10–18 J (n ) esa ifjorZu En1 dk dkj.k gS tks Øe'k% 121.5 nm o
93.0 nm ds laxr vkrk gSA ;g UV-{ks=k esa gksrk gSA
1.3 Can a single photon, emitted in the first and/or sixth line of the Lyman series, ionize:
a) another hydrogen atom in its ground state ?
b) a copper atom in the Cu crystal ?
The electron work function of Cu is ÖCu = 7.44×10–19 J.
,d ,dy QksVks dk ykbeu Js.kh dh NVh js[kk ;k izFke js[kk es mRlftZr gksrk gS %
a) bldh vk| voLFkk esa vk;fur nwljk gkbMªkstu ijek.kq \
b) Cu fØLVy es vk;fur dkWij ijek.kq \
Cu dk bysDVªkWu dk;Z Qyu ÖCu = 7.44×10–19 J.
Sol. a) The ionisation energy is equal to En1 = 2.18×10–18 J. Both E21 and E71 are smaller than E71 and
a single photon emitted from these transitions is not able to ionize a hydrogen atom.
b) Ionization of copper in a Cu-crystal is related to the photoelectric effect:
h = ÖCu + Ekin = ÖCu + ½ mev2
Because E21 > ÖCu and E71 > ÖCu both photons are indeed able to ionize a Cu-atom in the crystal.
The kinetic energy of the emitted electrons is:
Ekin (21) = E21 – ÖCu = 8.91×10–19 J
Ekin (71) = E71 – ÖCu = 13.91×10–19 J
gy- a) vk;uu ÅtkZ dk eku En1 = 2.18×10–18 J ds cjkcj gksrk gSA nksuksa E21 o E71 dk eku E71 ls NksVk gksrk
gS o bl laØe.k ls mRlftZr ,dy QksVksu gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds vk;uu ds ;ksX; ugha gksrk gSA
b) Cu-fØLVy es dkWij dk vk;uu izdk'k oS|qr izHkko ls lEcfU/kr gS &
h = ÖCu + Ekin = ÖCu + ½ mev2
D;ksafd E21 > ÖCu o E71 > ÖCu nksuks QksVksu fØLVy es Cu-ijek.kq ds vk;uu ds fy, vko';d gSA
mRlftZr bysDVªkWu dh xfrt ÅtkZ %
Ekin (21) = E21 – ÖCu = 8.91×10–19 J
Ekin (71) = E71 – ÖCu = 13.91×10–19 J
ADVATS - 26
Atomic Structure
1.4 Calculate the de Broglie wavelength of the electrons emitted from a copper crystal when irradiated by photons
from the first line and the sixth line of the Lyman series.
h = 6.6256×10–34 J s ; me = 9.1091×10–31 kg; c = 2.99792×108 m s–1
dkWij fØLVy ls mRlftZr bysDVªkWu dh Mh&czksXyh rjaxnS/;Z dh x.kuk dhft, tc ykbeu Js.kh dh izFke js[kk o NVh js[kk
ls QksVksu fodf.kZr gksrh gSA
h = 6.6256×10–34 J s ; me = 9.1091×10–31 kg; c = 2.99792×108 m s–1
Sol. The wavelength of an electron is: ,d bysDVªkWu dh rjaxnS/;Z %
h h
= = 2Ekin me
p
p2
(p= meve and rFkk Ekin= )
2me
E21: 1 = 4.16×10–10 m = 4.16 Å
E71: 2 = 5.20×10–10 m = 5.20 Å

Avogadro’s Number : 6.022 × 1023
vkoksxknzks la[;k : 6.022 × 1023
2.1 An atom of 238U disintegrates by a series of -decays and  ––decays until it becomes 206Pb, which is stable.
(i) How many -decays and how many ––decays does an atom starting as 238U undergo before it becomes
stable ?
(ii) One of the following ten nuclides is formed from a series of disintegrations starting at 238U. Which one?
235
U, 234U, 228Ac, 224Ra, 224Rn, 220Rn, 215Po, 212Po, 212Pb, 211Pb.
238
U dk ,d ijek.kq -{k; rFkk  ––{k; ds Øe }kjk fo?kfVr gksdj 206Pb cukrk gS tks LFkk;h gSA
(i) blds LFkk;h gksus ls igys ijek.kq 238U ls fdrus -{k; o fdrus  ––{k; gq, \
(ii) fuEu nl U;wfDyM es ls ,d 238U ds izkjfEHkd Js.kh ds fo?kVu ls curk gSA og ,d gS \
235
U, 234U, 228Ac, 224Ra, 224Rn, 220Rn, 215Po, 212Po, 212Pb, 211Pb.
Sol. (i) 8 ’s and 6  –’s (only ’s gives 206Os, to come from Os to Pb requires 6  –’s).
(ii) 234U, all other answrs are incorrect.
gy- (i) 8 ’s o 6  –’s ¼dsoy ’s, 206Os nsrk gS Os ls Pb rd vko';d 6  –’s gS½
(ii) 234U, vU; lHkh mÙkj xyr gSA
2.2 In a thermal neutron-induced fission process, 235U reacts with a neutron and breaks up into energetic fragments
and (normally) 2-3 new neutrons.
We consider one single fission event : 235U + n  137Te + X + 2n
Identify the fragment X.
rkih; U;wVªkWu&izfjr fo[kf.Mr izØe esa 235U U;wVªkWu ds lkFk fØ;k djrk gS rFkk ÅtkZ ;qDr [k.Mksa es VwV tkrk gS rFkk
lkekU;r% 2-3 u;s U;wVªkWu curs gSA
ge ,dy fo[k.Mu ij fopkj djrs gS % 235U + n  137Te + X + 2n
[k.M X dks igpku,A
97
Sol. Zr
In 1908 Rutherford together with H.Geiger measured the rate of emission of particles (x) by radium (in the
nature this element is represented by a single nuclide 22688Ra) and found that 1.00 g of radium emits
x = 3.42×1010  - particles per second.
In 1911 Rutherford and American physical chemist B.Boltwood measured the rate of formation of
helium from radium. This experiment permits to obtain the most accurate value of Avogadro’s number available
at that time, given that the value of molar volume of ideal gas was well established. To achieve this goal a
sample of radium salt purified from decay products and containing m = 192 mg of Ra was put into a device
and the volume of the evolved helium was measured. After 83 days (t = 83.0 days) of the experiment 6.58
mm3 of He was collected (VHe = 6.58 mm3 corrected to 0o C and 1 atm).
ADVATS - 27
Atomic Structure
To understand the results of this experiment we shall need the kinetic scheme of radioactive decay
of Ra which is given below (half-lives are over the arrows, the type of decay is below the arrows).
 1500 years 3.83 days 3.05 min 26.8 17.7min
Ra  
 Rn  
 RaA 
 RaB 

 RaC 

–4
1.63 10 S 27.1 year 5 days 138 days
 RaC'  
 RaD  
 RaE  
 Po 
 Pb (stable)
(RaA -RaE are intermediate products of radon decay).
1908 esa H.Geiger o Rutherford us jsfM;e ¼bl rRo ds ,d U;wfDyM 22688Ra ls iznf'kZr djrs gS½ ls d.k (x) ds mRltZu
dh nj dk ekiu fd;k rFkk ik;k fd jsfM;e dk ,d xzke izfrlsd.M x = 3.42×1010 -d.k fudkyrk gSA
1911 esa jnjQksMZ o vesfjdu HkkSfrd jlk;fud ch-cksYVmM us jsfM;l ls fgfy;e ds fuekZ.k dh nj dk ekiu fd;kA ;g
iz;ksx vkoksxknzks la[;k ds vf/kd mi;qDr eku izkIr djus ds fy, fd;k x;k ml le; ,d vkn'kZ xSl ds eksyj vk;ru
dk eku Kkr fd;k tk pwdk FkkA bl y{; dks izkIr djus ds fy, jsfM;e yo.k ds izkn'kZ dks {k; mRikn ls ifj'kq) fd;k
x;kA blds Ra ds m = 192 mg ;qDr izkn'kZ fy;k x;k rFkk iz;qDr fgfy;e ds vk;ru dks ekik x;kA iz;ksx ds 83 fnu
(t = 83.0 fnu) i'pkr~ 6.58 mm3 fgfy;e izkIr gqvk (VHe = 6.58 mm3 0ºC rki 1 atm nkc ij gS)
bl iz;ksx ds ifj.kke dks le>us es ges Ra ds jsfM;kslfØ; {k; dh xfrd dh vko';drk gksxh tks uhps fn;k x;k gSA ¼rhj
ds Åij v)Zvk;q] rhj ds uhps {k; dk izdkj½
 1500 years 3.83 days 3.05 min 26.8 17.7min
Ra  
 Rn  
 RaA 
 RaB 

 RaC 

–4
1.63 10 S 27.1 year 5 days 138 days
 RaC'  
 RaD  
 RaE  
 Po 
 Pb ¼LFkk;h½
(RaA-RaE jsMkWu {k; ds e/;orhZ mRikn gS)
3.1 Write the first six radioactive decays using a modern notation showing atomic and mass numbers of all
nuclei involved.
As a rough first approximation half-lives of all radium decay products, except those of RaD and Po, may be
assumed to be negligible compared to the time of measurement t. Using this approximation perform the
following calculations.
izFke N% jsfM;ks,fDVo {k; es lHkh Hkkx ysus okyh U;wfDy ds ijekf.od rFkk nzO;eku la[;k dks iznf'kZr djus okys vkèkqfud
ladsr iz;qDr dj fyf[k,A
RaD o Po dks NksM+dj lHkh jsfM;e {kf;r mRikn dh yxHkx izFke v)Zvk;q ekfir le; t dh rqyuk es ux.; ekuk tk ldrk
gSA bles yxHkx iw.kZ x.kuk dk iz;ksx djsA
226 222
Sol. 88 Ra  86 Rn  24 He
222 218
88 Rn  84 Po  24 He
218 214
88 Po  82 Pb  24 He
214 214
82 Pb  83 Bi  e
214 214
83 Bi  84 Po  e
214 210
84 Po  82 Pb  24 He
3.2 a) How many helium atoms were formed from each decayed radium atom after 83 days?
b) How many helium atoms were formed in total during the experiment ?
a) 83 fnu i'pkr~ izR;sd {kf;r jsfM;e ijek.kq ls fdrus fgfy;e ijek.kq fufeZr gksaxs \
b) iz;ksx ds nkSjku dqy fdrus fgfy;e ijek.kq fufeZr gksaxs \
Sol. a) The correct answer: 4
b) Number of helium atoms (rough 1.9×1017 estimate)
NHe = 4 x m t = 1.9×1017
gy- a) lgh mÙkj : 4
b) fgfy;e ijek.kq dh la[;k (1.9×1017)
NHe = 4 x m t = 1.9×1017
ADVATS - 28
Atomic Structure
The dissociation of (molecular) chlorine is an endothermic process, H = 243.6 kJ mol–1.
The dissociation can also be attained by the effect of light.
Dyksjhu ¼vkf.od½ dk fo;kstu ,d m"ek'kks"kh izØe] H = 243.6 kJ mol–1.
;g fo;kstu izdk'k ds izHkko }kjk Hkh izkIr fd;k tk ldrk gSA
4.1 At what wavelength can the dissociating effect of light be expected?
fdl rjaxnS/;Z ij izdk'k dk fo;ksftr izHkko izsf{kr gksxk \
c
Sol. 1 =  from H = NA h 1 it follows that
1
c NA h 3.108  6.02·1023  6.6.10 –34

 1= = = 4.91.10–7 m = 491nm
H 2.436.105
c
gy- 1 =  ls H = NA h 1 bldk ikyu djus ij
1
c NA h 3.108  6.02·1023  6.6.10 –34

 1= = = 4.91.10–7 m = 491nm
H 2.436.105
4.2 Can this effect also be obtained with light whose wavelength is smaller or larger than the calculated critical
wavelength ?
;g iz;ksx izdk'k ds lkFk Hkh izkIr fd;k tk ldrk gS ftlesa rjaxnS/;Z Økafrd rjaxnS/;Z dh rqyuk es NksVh gS ;k cM+h gS x.kuk
dhft,A
Sol. Short-wave light is effective, as its photons have a greater energy than required whereas the photons of
longer-wavelength light are too poor in energy to affect the dissociation.
NksVk rjax izdk'k izHkkoh gksrk gSA bl QksVksu es vko';d ls vf/kd ÅtkZ j[krk gSA tcfd yEch&rjaxnS/;Z izdk'k ds QksVkWu
fo;kstu es cgqr ÅtkZ ds gksrs gSA
4.3 What is the energy of the photon with the critical wavelength?
When light that can effect the chlorine dissociation is incident on a mixture of gaseous chlorine and hydrogen,
hydrogen chloride is formed. The mixture is irradiated with a mercury UV-lamp (ë = 253.6 nm). The lamp has
a power input of 10 W. An amount of 2 % of the energy supplied is absorbed by the gas mixture (in a 10 litre
vessel). Within 2.5 seconds of irradiation 65 millimoles of HCl are formed.
Økafrd rjaxnS/;Z ;qDr QksVksu dh ÅtkZ D;k gS \
tc izd'k Dyksjhu fo;kstu dks izHkkfor djrk gS] dks xSlh; Dyksjhu o gkbMªkstu feJ.k ij Mkyus ij gkbMªkstu DyksjkbM
fufeZr gksrk gSA ejD;wjh UV-ysEi (e = 253.6 nm) ds lkFk fodf.kZr gksrk gSA ysEi 10 W dh 'kfDr j[krk gSA izokfgr ÅtkZ
2% xSl feJ.k ¼10 yhVj ik=k esa½ }kjk vo'kksf"kr gksrk gSA 2.5 lsd.M fod.kZu esa 65 feyheksy HCl fufeZr gksrs gSA
hc 6.6  10 –34  3.108

Sol. E1 = h1 = = = 4.03 × 10–19 J
1 4.91.10–7
4.4 How large is the quantum yield (= the number of product molecules per absorbed photons) ?
Dok.Ve yfC/k fdruh vf/kd gksrh gS ¼mRikn v.kqvksa dh la[;k tks izfr QksVksu vo'kksf"kr djrs gS½ \
the number of HCl molecules formed
Sol. The quantum yield Ø =
the number of absorbed photons
n HCl   NA
6.5×10 –2 ×6.02×10 23
e tot 0.2  2.5
Ø= hc = = 6.1×104
6.6  10 –34  3  108
2
2.536  10 –7
The energy input = 10 ×0.02 = 0.2 W
ADVATS - 29
Atomic Structure
fufeZr HCl v.kqv ksad h l[a;k
gy- Dok.Ve yfC/k Ø =
vo'kksf"kr Q ksVksu d h la[;k
n HCl   NA 6.5×10 –2 ×6.02×10 23
e tot 0.2  2.5
Ø= = 6.6  10 –34  3  108
= 6.1×104
hc
2 2.536  10 –7
fn xbZ ÅtkZ = 10 ×0.02 = 0.2 W

4.5 How can the value obtained be (qualitatively) explained ? Describe the reaction mechanism.
fdruk ¼ek=kkRed :i ls½ izkIr fd;k tk ldrk gS] le>kb;s \ vfHkfØ;k fØ;kfof/k dk o.kZu dhft,A
Sol. The observed quantum yield is based on a chain mechanism.
The start of reaction chain: Cl2 + h  2 Cl•
The propagation of the chain: 2 Cl• + H2  HCl + 2 H•
H• + Cl2  HCl + Cl•
The chain termination mainly by: 2 H•  H2
2 Cl•  Cl2
H• + Cl•  HCl
gy- izsf{kr Dok.Ve yfC/k Jà[kyk fØ;kfof/k ij vk/kkfjr gSA
vfHkfØ;k Jà[kyk dk izkjEHk : Cl2 + h  2 Cl•
Jà[kyk dh izxfr@o`f) : 2 Cl• + H2  HCl + 2 H•
H• + Cl2  HCl + Cl•
Jà[kyk lekiu : 2 H•  H2
2 Cl•  Cl2
H• + Cl•  HCl
PROBLEM-5 (IChO-1999)
232 208
One of naturally occurring radioactive decay series begins with 90 Th and ends with a stable 8 2 Pb .
232 208
izd`fr esa gksus okys ,d jsfM;ks ,fDVo {k; tks 90 Th ls izkjEHk gksrk gS rFkk LFkk;h 8 2 Pb ds lkFk lekiu gksrk gSA
5.1 How many beta ( –) decays are there in this series ? Show by calculation.
bl Js.kh esa fdrus – {k; gksrs gS \ x.kuk }kjk n'kkZb;sA
Sol. A = 232 – 208 = 24 ; 24/4 = 6 alpha particles
The nuclear charge is therefore reduced by 2 × 6 = 12 units, however, the difference in nuclear charges is
only 90 – 82 = 8 units. Therefore there must be 12 – 8 = 4 – emitted.
Number of beta decays = 4
Sol. A = 232 – 208 = 24 ; 24/4 = 6 ,YQk d.k
ukfHkfd; vkos'k 2 × 6 = 12 bdkbZ ls ?kVrh gS ;|fi ukfHkfd; vkos'k es vUrj dsoy 90 – 82 = 8 bdkbZ gksrh gSA bl izdkj
;gk¡ 12 – 8 = 4– mRlftZr gksus pkfg,A
chVk {k; dh la[;k = 4
5.2 How much energy in MeV is released in the complete chain ?
iw.kZ Jà[kyk es fdruh ÅtkZ ¼MeV esa½ eqDr gksrh gS \
232 208
Sol. 90 Th  8 2 Pb + 6 24 He + 4 –
Energy released is Q value ¼eqDr ÅtkZ dk eku Q gSA½
Q = [m(232Th) – m(208Pb) – 6m(4He)]c2
(the mass of 4e– are included in daughters) ¼bles 4e– dk nzO;eku iz;qDr gksrk gSA½
= [232.03805 u – 207.97664 u – 6 × 4.00260 u] × 931.5 MeV u–1 =
= (0.04581u) × (931.5 MeV) = 42.67 MeV
ADVATS - 30
Atomic Structure
Hydrogen Atom and Hydrogen Molecule
The observed wavelengths in the line spectrum of hydrogen atom were first expressed in terms of a series by
Johann Jakob Balmer, a Swiss teacher. Balmer’s empirical formula is
1  1 1
= RH  2 2  n 2  ; N=3,4,5
  
Me e 4
RH = 2 3 = 109 678 cm– 1
8 0 h c
Here,
RH is the Rydberg Constant, me is the mass of an electron. Niels Bohr derived this expression theoretically
in 1913. The formula is easily generalized to any one electron atom/ion.
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq o gkbMªkstu v.kq
tkWu tSdc csy;j ,d fLop v/;k;d }kjk loZizFke gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds js[kh; LisDVªe es izsf{kr rjaxnS/;Z dk O;tad fn;kA
1  1 1
= RH  2  2 ;
2 n
N=3,4,5
  
Me e 4
RH = = 109 678 cm– 1
8 02 h3 c
;gk¡] RH fjMcxZ fu;rkad gSA me ,d bysDVªkWu dk nzO;eku gSA 1913 es uhYl cksj ;g O;tad lS)kfUrd :i ls O;qRiUu fd;kA
lw=k fdlh Hkh ,d bysDVªkWu ijek.kqA vk;u ls vklkuh ls O;qRiuu fd;k tk ldrk gSA
6.1 Calculate the longest wavelength in Å (1 Å = 10–10 m) in the ‘Balmer series’ of singly ionized helium (He+).
Ignore nuclear motion in your calculation.
,dy vk;fur ghfy;e (He+) dh ckej Js.kh esa lcls yEch rjax nS/;Z Å (1 Å = 10–10 m) es x.kuk dhft,A x.kuk es ukfHkdh;
xfr dh ugh ekusA
Sol. Longest wavelength AL corresponds to n = 3
For He+
1  1 1
 4RH  2 – 2  L = 1641.1 Å
  2 n 
ADVATS - 31
Atomic Structure
gy- n ds laxr lcls yEch rjax nS/;Z AL = 3
He+ ds fy,
1  1 1
 4RH  2 – 2  L = 1641.1 Å
 2 n 
6.2 A formula analogous to Balmer’s formula applies to the series of spectral lines which arise from transitions
from higher energy levels to the lowest energy level of hydrogen atom. Write this formula and use it to
determine the ground state energy of a hydrogen atom in eV.
A ‘muonic hydrogen atom’ is like a hydrogen atom in which the electron is replaced by a heavier particle, the
muon. The mass of a muon is about 207 times the mass of an electron, while its charge is the same as that
of an electron. A muon has a very short lifetime, but we ignore its unstable nature here.
LisDVªe js[kk dh Js.kh esa iz;qDr ckej lw=k dk ,ukykxsl lw=k tks fd gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds mPp ÅtkZ Lrj ls fuEu ÅtkZ Lrj
es laØe.k ls mRiUu gksrk gSA lw=k fyf[k, rFkk bldk iz;ksx gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh vk| voLFkk ¼eV esa½ dk fu/kkZj.k dhft,A
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds tSlk E;wksfud gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ftles bysDVªkWu dks Hkkjh d.k E;wksu ls cnyk x;k gSA E;ksu dk nzO;eku
,d bysDVªkWu ds nzO;eku ds yxHkx 207 xquk gSA ckfd bldk vkos'k bysDVªkWu ds cjkcj gSA E;ksu dk vk;qdky cgqr de
jgrk gS ysfdu ge ;gk¡ bldh vLFkk;h izd`fr dh mis{kk djrs gS \
1 1 1
Sol.  4RH  2 – 2  n = 2,3, 4,...
 1 n 
E= – hcRH = –13.6 eV
6.3 Determine the lowest energy and the radius of the first Bohr orbit of the muonic hydrogen atom. Ignore the
motion of the nucleus in your calculation. The radius of the first Bohr orbit of a hydrogen atom
 0 h2
(called the Bohr radius, a0 = is 0.53 Å.
me e 2 
The classical picture of an “orbit” in Bohr’s theory has now been replaced by the quantum mechanical notion
of an ‘orbital’. The orbital  1  1s (r) for the ground state of a hydrogen atom is given by
r
1
1s (r) = e a0
3
 a0
where r is the distance of the electron from the nucleus and ao is the Bohr radius.
E;ksfud gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds izFke cksj d{kk dh U;wure ÅtkZ rFkk f=kT;k dh x.kuk dhft,A x.kuk es ukfHkd ds xfr dh
 0 h2
mis{kk djsaA gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh izFke cksj d{kk dh f=kT;k dks cksj f=kT;k a0 = m e 2  , 0.53 Å dgrs gSA
e
cksj fl)kUr es ,d d{kk dh ;kaf=kd fp=k dks ,d d{kd ds Dok.Ve ;kaf=kdh ladsr ls izfrLFkkfir dhft,A
r
1
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh izFke cksj d{kk dh f=kT;k 1s (r) = e a0 gSA
3
 a0
tgk¡ r, ukfHkd ls bysDVªkWu dh nwjh rFkk ao ckSj f=kT;k gSA

Sol. Lowest energy = – 207 × 13.6 = –2.82 keV Radius of the first Bohr orbit = 0.53 / 207 = 2.6×10–3 Å
gy- U;wure ÅtkZ = – 207 × 13.6 = –2.82 keV izFke d{kk dh f=kT;k = 0.53 / 207 = 2.6×10–3 Å
6.4 Consider a spherical shell of radius ao and thickness 0.001ao. Estimate the probability of finding the electron
in this shell. Volume of a spherical shell of inner
radius r and small thickness r equals 4r2 r.
The H2 molecule can dissociate through two different channels:
(i) H2  H + H (two separate hydrogen atoms)
(ii) H2  H+ + H– (a proton and a hydride ion)
The graph of energy (E) vs internuclear distance (R) for H2 is shown schematically in the figure. The atomic
and molecular energies are given in the same scale.
ADVATS - 32
Atomic Structure
f=kT;k ao dh xksykdkj dks'k o eksVkbZ 0.001ao gSA bl dks'k es bysDVªkWu ds ik;s tkus lEHkkouk dk fu/kkZj.k dhft,A vkUrfjd
f=kT;k r rFkk eksVkbZ r dh xksfy; dks'k dk vk;ru 4r2 r gSA
H2 v.kq nks fHkUu izdkj ls fo;ksftr gksrk gS %
(i) H2  H + H ¼nks i`Fkd gkbMªkstu ijek.kq½
(ii) H2  H+ + H– ¼,d izksVksu o ,d gkbMªsV vk;u½
fp=k es H2 ds fy, ÅtkZ (E) o vUrj ukfHkfd; nwjh (R) dks n'kkZ;k x;k gSA ijekf.od rFkk vkf.od Åtk,sa leku iSekus esa
nh xbZ gSA
Sol. Probability ¼lEHkkouk½ =  (a0)|2 4 a02 × 0.001ao = 0.004 e–2 = 5.41×10–4
6.5 Put appropriate channel labels (i) or (ii) in the boxes below.
uhps fn;s x;s ckWDl esa vafdr (i) o (ii) es mi;qDr iz.kkyh fyf[k,A
Sol.
6.6 Determine the values of the dissociation energies (De in eV) of the H2 molecule corresponding to channel (i)
pSuy (i) ds laxr H2 v.kq dh fo;kstu Åtk,sa (eV esa De) ds eku dh fu/kkZj.k dhft,A
Sol. Channel (i) : 47. eV

Channel (i) : 17.6 eV
gy- pSuy (i) : 47. eV
pSuy (i) : 17.6 eV
6.7 From the given data, calculate the energy change for the process
fn;s x;s vkWdM+ks ds vk/kkj ij izdè ds fy, ÅtkZ ifjorZu Kkr dhft,A
H–  H + e–
Sol. Electron affinity = –13.6– (–14.3) = 0.7 eV
gy- bysDVªkWu ca/kqrk = –13.6– (–14.3) = 0.7 eV
ADVATS - 33
Atomic Structure
6.8 H– is a two-electron atomic system. Assuming that the Bohr energy formula is valid for each electron with
nuclear charge Z replaced by Zeff, calculate Zeff for H–.
H– ,d f}&bysDVªkWu ijekf.od fudk; gSA eku fyft, fd izR;sd bysDVªkWu dh ukfHkdh; vkos'k Z, Zeff }kjk izfrLFkkfir gksus
ij cksgj ÅtkZ lw=k ekU; gS rks H– ds fy, Zeff Kkr dhft,A
Sol. Zeff = –13.6 + 27.2 Z2 eff = 0.7
Beach sand mineral, monazite, is a rich source of thorium, available in large quantities in the state of Kerala
in India. A typical monazite sample contains about 9% ThO2 and 0.35% U3O8. 208Pb and 206Pb are the stable
end-products in the radioactive decay series of 232Th and 238U, respectively. All the lead (Pb) found in monazite
is of radiogenic origin.
The isotopic atom ratio 208Pb/232Th, measured mass spectrometrically, in a monazite sample was found to
be 0.104. The half-lives of 323Th and 238U are 1.41 × 1010 years and 4.47 × 109 years,respectively. Assume
that 208Pb, 232Th and 238U remained entirely in the monazite sample since the formation of monazite
mineral.
lewnzh rV jsr esa mifLFkr [kfut eksuktkbV] Fkksfj;e dk ,d eq[; L=kksr gS tks fd Hkkjr esa dsjy jkT; esa izpqj ek=kk esa
ik;k tkrk gSA ,d vkn'kZ eksuktkbV izkn'kZ yxHkx 9% ThO2 rFkk 0.35% U3O8 ;qDr gksrk gSA 232Th and 238U ;qDr gksrk
gSA 232Th rFkk 238U dh jsfM;ks lfØ; {k; Js.kh esa LFkk;h vfUre mRikn Øe'k% 208Pb rFkk 206Pb gSaA eksuktkbV esa ik;k x;k
lEiw.kZ ySM (Pb) jsfM;kstfud {ks=k dk gksrk gSA
eksuktkbV izkn'kZ esa leLFkkfud ijek.kq iuqikr 208Pb/232Th ¼LisDVªe oSKkfud :i ls ekfir nzO;eku½ 0.104 ik;k x;kA
323
Th rFkk 238U dh v)Zvk;q Øe'k% 1.41 × 1010 years rFkk 4.47 × 109 years gksrh gSA eku yhft, eksuktkbV [kfut
fuekZ.k ds nkSjku eksuktkbV izkn'kZ esa 208Pb, 232Th rFkk 238U lEiw.kZ :i ls fo|eku gSA
7.1 Thorium-232 is a fertile material for nuclear energy. In thermal neutron irradiation, it absorbs a neutron and
the resulting isotope forms 233U by successive  – decays. Write the nuclear reactions for the formation of
233
U from 232Th.
In nuclear fission of 233U a complex mixture of radioactive fission products is formed. The fission product
101
Mo initially undergoes radioactive decay as shown below:
101 Mo 101 Tc 101
42 t1/2 = 14.6 min 43 t1/2 = 14.3 min 44 Ru
Fkksfj;e-232 ukfHkfd; ÅtkZ ds fy, ,d mi;qDr inkFkZ gSA rkih; U;wVªkWu fofd.kZu esa ;g ,d U;wVªkWu vo'kksf"kr dj
Øekxr – {k; }kjk ifjek.kh leLFkkfud 233U cukrk gSA 232Th ls 233U cuus ds fy, ukfHkfd; vfHkfØ;k,sa fyf[k,A
233
U ds ukfHkfd; fo[k.Mu esa jsfM;ks lfØ; mRiknksa dk ,d ladqy feJ.k curk gS fo[kf.Mr mRikn 101Mo izkjEHk esa
fuEukuqlkj jsfM;ks,fDVo {kf;r gksrk gSA
101 Mo 101 Tc 101
42 t1/2 = 14.6 min 43 t1/2 = 14.3 min 44 Ru
232 233 233 233
Sol. Th 
(n,  )
 Th 
–
 Pa 
 –
 U


The muon () is a subatomic particle of the lepton family which has same charge and magnetic behaviour as
the electron, but has a different mass and is unstable, i.e. it disintegrates into other particles within microseconds
after its creation. Here you will attempt to determine the mass of the muon using two rather different approaches.
(a) The most common spontaneous disintegration reaction for the muon is :
 e + v e + v
where v e is the electron antineutrino and v the muon neutrino. In a given experiment using a stationary
muon, v e + v, carried away a total energy of 2.000 × 10-12 J, while the electron was moveing with a kinetic
energy of 1.4846 × 10–11 J. Determine the mass of the muon.
(b) Many experiments have studied the spectroscopy of atoms that have captured a muon in place of an
electron. These exotic atoms are formed in a variety of excited states. The transition from the third excited
state to the first excited state of an atom consisiting of a 1H nucleus and a muon attached to it was observed
at a wavelength of 2.615 nm. Determine the mass of the muon.
ADVATS - 34
Atomic Structure
E;w () ysIVksu ifjokj dk ,d miijek.kqd v.kq gSa tks fd bysDVªkWu ds leku vkos'k rFkk pqEcfd; O;ogkj n'kkZrk gS fdUrq
fHkUu nzO;eku j[krk gS rFkk vLFkk;h gksrk gS vFkkZr~ ;g blds cuus ds ekbØks lSd.M esa gh vU; d.kksa es foHkDr gks tkrk
gSA ;gk¡ ge nks fHkUu rfjdks }kjk E;w dk nzO;eku Kkr djus dk iz;Ru djsxsaA
(a) E;w ds fy, lokZf/kd lkekU; Lor% fo?kVu vfHkfØ;k gS %
 e + v e + v
tgk¡ v e bysDVªkWu ,UVhU;wfVªuks rFkk v E;w U;wfVªuks gSA ,d fn;s x;s iz;ksx es ,d izkFkfed E;w v e + v iz;qDr djus ij 2.000
× 10–12 J dqy ÅtkZ j[krk gSA tcfd ,d bysDVªkWu 1.4846 × 10–11 J xfrt ÅtkZ ds lkFk xfr'khy gSA E;w dk nzO;eku
Kkr dhft,A
(b) ijek.kqvksa dk LisDVªe foKku dk vusd iz;ksxksa }kjk v/;;u fd;k x;k ftuesa ,d bysDVªkWu ds LFkku ij ,d E;w ik;k
x;kA ;g vlk/kkj.k ijek.kq fofHkUu mÙksftr voLFkkvksa es mRiUu gksrs gSA ,d 1H ukfHkd rFkk ,d E;w la;ksftr ,d ijek.kq
dk r`rh; mÙksftr voLFkk ls izFke mÙksftr voLFkk esa laØe.k dks 2.615 nm dh rjaxnS/;Z ij izsf{kr fd;k x;kA E;w dk
nzO;eku Kkr dhft,A
Sol. a) Energy of a stationary muon :
izkFkfed E;w dh ÅtkZ %
Eµ = mµ c2 = Ee + EV,V
mµ c2 = me c2 + (Te + Ev,v)
Me   Te  e V,V  9.109  10 –31  1.4846  10 –11  2.000  10 –12

 
mµ = 2
= 2
C 8
 2.998  10 
=1.883×10–28 kg
b) From Bohr theory :
cksj fl)kUr ls
me4 1  m 
En = 
2 2 = –109700 cm × n2
– ,
2n h  me 
m mH
m= m  m
 H
1 1
= = = 2.615×10–7 cm
E 4 – E2  m  1 1 
109700   – 
 m e   4 16 
m
= 185.9
me
m =185.9 × 9.109×10–31=1.693×10–28 kg
The mass of a proton from Tables attached :
Vscy }kjk ,d izksVkWu dk nzO;eku %
mH = 1.673×10–27 kg
mmH 1.693  10–28  1.673  10–27
mµ = = = 1.884 ×10–28 kg
mH – m 1.673  10 –27 – 1.693  10 –28
Rotational energy levels of diatomic molecules are well described by the formula EJ = BJ (J + 1), where J is
the rotational quantum number of the molecule and B its rotational constant. B is related to the reduced
h2
mass  and the bond length R of the molecule through the equation B = .
8  2R 2
In general, spectroscopic transitions appear at photon energies which are equal to the energy difference
between appropriate states of a molecule (h = E). The observed rotational transitions occur between
adjacent rotational levels, hence E = EJ + 1 – EJ = 2B (J + 1).Consequently, successive rotational transitions
that appear on the spectrum (such as the one shown here) follow the equation h() = 2B.
ADVATS - 35
Atomic Structure
f}ijek.kqd v.kqvksa dh ?kw.kZu ÅtkZ Lrjksa dks lw=k EJ = BJ (J + 1) }kjk HkfyHkkWfr o.kZu fd;k tk ldrk gS tgk¡ J v.kq dh ?kw.kZu
Dok.Ve la[;k gS rFkk B bldh ?kw.kZu fu;rkad gSA B, 'ks"k nzO;eku  rFkk v.kq dh ca/k yEckbZ R }kjk fuEu lehdj.k }kjk
lEcfU/kr gSA
h2
B= .
8  2R 2
lkekU;r% LisDVªksLdkWihd laØe.k QksVksu ÅtkZvksa ij fn[kkbZ nsrk gS tks fd ,d v.kq dh mi;qDr voLFkkvksa ds e/; ÅtkZ vUrj
(h = E) ds cjkcj gksrh gSA izf"kr ?kw.kZu laØe.k fudVorhZ ?kwf.kZr Lrjksa ds e/; mRiUu gksrk gS vr% E = EJ + 1 – EJ
= 2B (J + 1) ifj.kke Lo:i LisDVªe ij fn[kkbZ nsus okys Øekxr ?kw.kZu laØe.k ¼tSlk ,d ;gk¡ iznf'kZr gS½ lehdj.k h()
= 2B dk ikyu djrs gSA
%
Tr
a
n
s
m
itt
9.1 By inspecting the spectrum provided, determine the following quantities for 12C16C with appropriate units.
miyC/k LisDVªe ds fuj{k.k }kjk 12C16C ds fy, mi;qDr bdkbZ ds lkFk fuEu ek=kkvksa dks Kkr dhft,A
(a)  (b) B (c) R
Sol. a) For example mnkgj.k ds fy,: í = 1150 – 1035 = 115 GHz
h  6.63  10 –34  115  10 9
b) B= = = 3.81×10–23 J
2 2
m C  m O 12  16
c) µ= m  CO  = = 6.86 a.u. =1,14×10–26 kg
28
For interatomic distance R:
vUrj ijekf.od nwjh R ds fy, %
h 3.63  10–34
R= = =1.13×10–10 m = 1.13 Å
2 2B 2  3.14 2  1.14  10 26  3.81 10 –23

Detection of Hydrogen
Hydrogen is prevalent in the universe. Life in the universe is ultimately based on hydrogen.
gkbMªkstu dk vuqla/kku
gkbMªkstu czEgk.M esa O;kIr gSA czEgk.M esa thou ewyHkwr :i ls gkbMªkstu ij fuHkZj gSA
ADVATS - 36
Atomic Structure
10.1 There are about 1×1023 stars in the universe. Assume that they are like our sun (radius 700,000 km; density,
1.4 g/cm–3 3/4 hydrogen and 1/4 helium by mass). Estimate the number of stellar protons in the universe to
one significant figure.
In the 1920s, Cecilia Payne discovered, by spectral analysis of starlight, that hydrogen is the most abundant
element in most stars.
czEgk.M esa yxHkx 1×1023 rkjs gSA eku fyft;s fd os lw;Z ds leku ¼f=kT;k 700,000 km; ?kuRo 1.4 g/cm–3 nO;eku dk
3/4 gkbMªkstu rFkk 1/4 ghfy;e½ gSA
1920 esa lhflfy;k ikbu usa rkjksa ds izdk'k ds LisDVªe v/;;u }kjk ;g [kkst dh] fd gkbMªkstu vf/kdre rkjksa ij iz;qj ek=kk
esa ik;h tkrh gSA
Sol. Mass of a typical star = (4/3) × (3.1) × (7×108 m)3 × (1.4×106 g m–3) = 2×1033 g
Mass of protons of a typical star = (2×1033 g) × (3/4 + 1/8) = 1.8×1033 g
Number of protons of a typical star = (1.8×1033 g) × (6×1023 g–1) = 1×1057
Number of stellar protons in the universe = (1×1057) × (1023) = 1×1080 Sol.
gy- ,d fof'k"V rkjss dk nzO;eku = (4/3) × (3.1) × (7×108 m)3 × (1.4×106 g m–3) = 2×1033 g
,d fof'k"V rkjss ds izksVkWu dk nzO;eku = (2×1033 g) × (3/4 + 1/8) = 1.8×1033 g
,d fof'k"V rkjss ds izksVkWu dh la[;k = (1.8×1033 g) × (6×1023 g–1) = 1×1057
czEgk.M es rkjdh; izksVkWuksa dh la[;k = (1×1057) × (1023) = 1×1080 Sol.
2 2
10.2 The electronic energy of a hydrogen atom is given by E (ninf) = –C 1/ nf – 1/ ni  , relative to zero energy
at infinite separation between the electron and the proton (n is the principle quantum number, and C is a
constant). For detection of the E = (3  2) transition (656.3 nm in the Balmer series), the electron in the
ground state of the hydrogen atom needs to be excited first to the absorption line in the starlight corresponding
to the E= (1  2) transition.
,d gkbMªkstu ije.kq dh bysDVªkWfud ÅtkZ E (ninf) = –C 1/ n2f – 1/ ni2  }kjk nh tkrh gS tks bysDVªkWu rFkk izksVkWu ds
e/; vuUr i`Fkddj.k ij 'kwU; ÅtkZ ls lEcfU/kr gSA ¼;gk¡ n eq[; Dok.Ve la[;k gS rFkk C ,d fu;rkad gS½
E = (3  2) laØe.k ¼ckWej Js.kh esa 656.3 nm½ dk irk yxkus ds fy, loZizFke vk| voLFkk esa mifLFkr gkbMªkstu ijek.kq
ds bysDVªkWu dks rkjs ds izdk'k es E = (1  2) laØe.k vuqlkj vo'kks"k.k js[kk rd mÙkftr djuk gksxkA
Sol. E (23) = C(1/4 – 1/9) = 0.1389 C ë(23) = 656.3 nm
E (12) = C(1/1 – 1/4) = 0.75 C
ë(12) = (656.3) × (0.1389 / 0.75) = 121.5 nm
10.3 According to Wien`s law, the wavelength () corresponding to the maximum light intensity emitted from a
blackbody at temperature T is given by T = 2.9 × 10–3 m K. Calculate the surface temperature of a star
whose blackbody radiation has a peak intensity corresponding to the n = 1  n = 2 excitation of hydrogen.
The ground state of hydrogen is split into two hyperfine levels due to the interaction between the magnetic
moment of the proton and that of the electron. In 1951, Purcell discovered a spectral line at 1420 MHz due to
the hyperfine transition of hydrogen in interstellar space.
fou ds fu;e vuqlkj rki T ij ,d d`f".kdk }kjk mRlftZr vf/kdre izdk'k rho`rk ds laxr rjaxnS/;Z ()] T = 2.9 × 10–
3
m K }kjk nh tkrh gSA ml rkjs ds lrgh rki dh x.kuk dhft, ftldh d`f".kdk fofdj.k gkbMªkstu ds n = 1  n = 2
laØe.k ds laxr ,d 'kh"kZLFk rhozrk j[krk gSA
gkbMªkstu dh vk| voLFkk nks vfrlw{e Lrjksa esa izksVkWu rFkk bysDVªkWu ds pqEcdh; vk?kw.kZ ds e/; vkd"kZ.k ds dkj.k foHkkftr
gks tkrh gSA 1951 esa ijlsy us vUrjrkjdh; LFkyksa esa gkbMªsktu dh vfrlw{e laØe.k ds dkj.k 1420 MHz ij ,d LisDVªe
js[kk dh [kst dhA
Sol. T = 2.9×10–3 m K / 1.215×10–7 m = 2.4×104 K
10.4 Hydrogen in interstellar space cannot be excited electronically by starlight. However, the cosmic background
radiation, equivalent to 2.7K, can cause the hyperfine transition. Calculate the temperature of a blackbody
whose peak intensity corresponds to the 1420 MHz transition.
vUrjkdk'k esa gkbMªkstu] rkjks ds izdk'k }kjk oS|qrh; :i ls mÙksftr ugh gks ldrs gSA cfYd 2.7K ds rqY;kadh dkWfLed ik'oZ
ds dkj.k vfrlw{e laØe.k gks ldrk GSA 1420 MHz laØe.k ds laxr 'kh"kZLFk rhozrk okyh ,d d`f".kdk dk rki dh x.kuk
dhft,A
ADVATS - 37
Atomic Structure
Sol. ë = 3×108 m / 1.42×109 = 0.21 m
T = 2.9×10–3 m K / 0.21 m = 0.014 K
10.5 Wien generated hydrogen ions by discharge of hydrogen gas at a very low pressure and determined the
e
(charge/mass) value, which turned out to be the highest among different gases tested. In 1919, Rutherford
m
bombarded nitrogen with alpha-particles and observed emission of a positively charged particle which turned
out to be the hydrogen ion observed by Wien. Rutherford named this particle the “proton”. Fill in the blank.
14
N + 4He  ................. + 1H
e
fou us cgqr de nkc ij gkbMªsktu xSl dks fujkosf'kr }kjk gkbMªkstu vk;uksa dk fuekZ.k fd;k rFkk ¼vkos'k@nzO;eku½ eku
m
Kkr fd;k tks fofHkUu xSlksa ds ifj{k.k djus ij lcls vf/kd ik;k x;kA 1919 esa jnjQksMZ usa vYQk&d.kksa ds lkFk ukbVªkstu
dh ckSNkj dh rFkk ,d /kukosf'kr d.k gkbMªkstu ds mRltZu dk izs{k.k fd;kA jnjQksMZ us bls izksVksu uke fn;kA fjDr LFkku
dh iwfrZ dhft,A
14
N + 4He  ................. + 1H
14
Sol. N + 4He  17O + 1H
In the table below, identify which transformations are -decays and which are -decays.
fuEu lkj.kh esa igpkfu, fd dkSulk LFkkukUrj.k -{k; gS rFkk dkSulk -{k; gSA
ADVATS - 38
Atomic Structure
Sol.

In 1894, Lord Rayleigh reported that the mass of chemically prepared nitrogen was different from that of
nitrogen extracted from the atmosphere, as shown in Tables 1 and 2. Later, this difference was attributed to
the presence of argon in atmospheric nitrogen. The masses of gases were measured by using a glass vessel
with a known volume under atmospheric pressure (1.013 × 105 Pa).
Table 1. Mass of Chemical Nitrogen in the Vessel
From nitric oxide 2.3001 g
From nitrous oxide 2.2990 g
From ammonium nitrite purified at a red heat 2.2987g
From urea 2.2985 g
From ammonium nitrite purified in the cold 2.2987 g
Mean 2.2990 g
Table 2. Mass of Atmospheric Nitrogen in the Vessel

O2 was removed by hot copper (1892) 2.3103 g
O2 was removed by hot iron (1893) 2.3100g
O2 was removed by ferrous hydrate (1894) 2.3102 g
Mean 2.3102 g
Ramsay and Clève discovered helium in cleveite (a mineral consisting of uranium oxide and oxides of lead,
thorium, and rare earths; an impure variety of uraninite) independently and virtually simultaneously in 1895.
The gas extracted from the rock showed a unique spectroscopic line at around 588 nm (indicated by D3 in
Figure 1), which was first observed in the spectrum of solar prominence during a total eclipse in 1868, near
the well-known D1 and D2 lines of sodium.
Figure-1. Spectral lines around 588 nm

ADVATS - 39
Atomic Structure
1894 esa ykMZ fjfya?k us crk;k fd jklk;fud :i ls rS;kj dh xbZ ukbVªkstu dk nzO;eku ok;qe.My esa mifLFkr ukbVªkstu
ls fHkUu gksrk gSA bls fuEu lkj.kh 1 rFkk 2 esa crk;k x;k gSA ckn esa bl fHkUurk dk dkj.k ok;qe.Myh; ukbVªkstu esa vkxZu
dh mifLFkr gksuk crk;k x;kA ok;qe.Myh; ifjfLFkfr (1.013 × 105 Pa) esa Kkr vk;ru ds lkFk ,d dk¡p ds ik=k ds iz;ksx
}Kjk xSlksa ds nzO;eku dk ekiu fd;k x;kA
Table 1. ik=k esa jklk;fud ukbVªkstu dk nzO;eku
ukbfVªd vkWDlkbM ls 2.3001 g
ukbVªl vkWDlkbM ls 2.2990 g
mPp Å"ek ij ifj"d`r veksfu;e ukbVªsV ls 2.2987g
;wfj;k ls 2.2985 g
B.Mk djus ij ifj"d`r veksfu;e ukbVªsV ls 2.2987 g
ek/; 2.2990 g
Table 2. ik=k esa ok;qe.Myh; ukbVªkstu dk nzO;eku

xeZ dkWij }kjk eqDr gqbZ O2 (1892) 2.3103 g
xeZ vk;ju }kjk eqDr gqbZ O2 (1893) 2.3100g
QSjl gkbMªsV }kjk eqDr gqbZ O2 (1894) 2.3102 g
ek/; 2.3102 g
Ramsay and Clève discovered helium in cleveite (a mineral consisting of uranium oxide and oxides of lead,
thorium, and rare earths; an impure variety of uraninite) independently and virtually simultaneously in 1895.
The gas extracted from the rock showed a unique spectroscopic line at around 588 nm (indicated by D3 in
Figure 1), which was first observed in the spectrum of solar prominence during a total eclipse in 1868, near
the well-known D1 and D2 lines of sodium.
1895 esa Lora=k :i ls vpkud ls jsels rFkk Dyso us DysohV ¼;wjsfu;e vkWDlkbM rFkk ysM vkWDlkbM] Fkksfj;e rFkk nqyZHk
e`nk /kkrq ls mifLFkr v;Ld esa ;wjkuhukbM dh v'kqf) ds lkFk½ esa fgfy;e dh [kkst dhA pêkuksa ls xSl dk fu"d"kZ.k yxHkx
588 nm (fp=k 1 esa D3 ds }kjk), dh js[kk LisDVªksxzkQh esa fn[kkrk gSA 1868 esa fu"d"kZ.k ds nkSjku lksfM;e D1 rFkk D2 js[kk
LisDVªe esa lcls igys ns[kh xbZA
Figure-1. Spectral lines around 588 nm

fp=k-1. 588 nm ds yxHkx LisDVªe js[kk
ADVATS - 40
Atomic Structure
12.1 Calculate the energy E [J] of a photon with the wavelength of the D3 line of helium shown in Figure 1.
3p 3d
3s
3.6 3.6
[D] [E]
3.4 3.4
[C] 2p
E / 10–18 J
3.2 2s 3.2
[B]
3.0 [A] 3.0 Figure 2.
Energy diagram of atomic orbitals of
helium when an electron resides in
the 1s orbital.
0.0 1s
Figure 2 shows an energy diagram of the atomic orbitals of helium. The arrows indicate the “allowed”
transitions according to the spectroscopic principle.
fp=k 1 esa fn[kkbZ ghfy;e dh D3 js[kk dh rjaxnS/;Z ds lkFk ,d QksVksu dh ÅtkZ E [J] Kkr dhft,A
fp=k 2 fgyh;e ds ijek.oh; d{kdksa dk ÅtkZ vkjs[k LisDVªksLdksih fl)kUr esa rhj laØe.k dks crkrk gSA
Sol. According to Figure 1, the wavelength of the D3 line is approximately 587.7 nm.
The corresponding photon energy is
hc 6.626·10  2.998·10
–34 8
E= = = 3.380 × 10–19 J
 587.7·109
ADVATS - 41
Atomic Structure
12.2 Identify the transition relevant to the D3 line of helium among the transitions [A] to [E] indicated in Figure 2.
Mark one of the following:
fp=k 2 es bafxr laØe.k [A] ls [E] rd es ghfy;e dh D3 js[kk dk led{k laØe.k igpkfu,A fuEu ,d dks fpfUgr dhft,A
[A] [B] [C] [D] [E]
Sol. The correct answer is [E].
The energy 3.380 × 10–19 J matches with the energy of the transition between 2p and 3d orbitals.
lgh mÙkj [E] gSA
ÅtkZ 3.380 × 10–19 J, 2p rFkk 3d d{kdksa ds e/; laØe.k dh ÅtkZ ds lkFk lqesfyr gksrh gSA
12.3 Which equation explains the occurrence of helium in cleveite among [A] to [D] below? Mark one.
dkSulh lehdj.k [A] ls [D] esa DysohV (cleveite) es ghfy;e dh izkfIr dks le>krh gS \ ,d dks fpfUgr dhft,A
[A] 238U  234Th + 
[B] UHe2  U + 2 He
[C] 240U  240Np +  –
[D] 235U + n  95Y + 139I + 2 n
Argon is also found in minerals such as malacon.
vkxZu esysdkWu ds :i es [kfutks es Hkh ik;k tkrk gSA
Sol. Considering that the a particle is the nucleus of helium, a decay [A] is the relevant source of helium in such
rocks. No compounds of He such as UHe2 in [B] is known to be stable at ambient temperature. [C] is a
radioactive decay of 240U in the thorium series. [D] is a nuclear fission reaction of 235U occurring in nuclear
reactors. Thus, the correct answer is [A].
;g ekurs gS fd d.k ghfy;e dk ukfHkd gS] ,d {k; [A] pV~Vkuksa ds leku ghfy;e dk led{k L=kksr gSA [B] es UHe2
ds leku He ds fdlh Hkh ;kSfxd dks mHk; rki ij LFkk;h ugh ekuk tkrk gSA [C] Fkksfj;e Js.kh esa 240U dk jsfM;ks lfØ;
{k; gSA [D] ukfHkdh; fj;sDVjks es ik;s tkus okys 235U dk ukfHkdh; fo[k.Mu vfHkfØ;k gSA bl izdkj lgh mÙkj [A] gSA
12.4 Which equation explains the occurrence of argon in rocks among [A] to [D] below?
Mark one.
[A] ArF2 Ar + F2
[B] ArXe  Ar + Xe
[C] 40K  40Ar + / + (electron capture / positron emission)
[D] 126I  126Ar +  –
One of the strongest evidences for the monoatomicity of argon and helium is the ratio of the heat capacity
under constant pressure to that at constant volume,  = Cp / CV, which is exactly 5/3 (1.67 ± 0.01) for a
monoatomic gas. The ratio was derived from the measurement of speed of sound vs by using the following
equation, where f and are the frequency and wavelength of the sound, and R, T, and M denote the molar gas
constant, absolute temperature, and molar mass, respectively.
 RT
vs = f =
M
For an unknown gas sample, the wavelength of the sound was measured to be = 0.116 m at a frequency of
f = 3520 Hz (Hz = s–1) and temperature of 15.0 °C and under atmospheric pressure (1.013 ·105 Pa). The
density of the gas for these conditions was measured to be 0.850 ± 0.005 kg m–3.
dkSulh lehj.k [A] ls [D] esa pV~Vkuks es vkxZu dh izkfIr dks le>krh gS \ ,d dks fpfUgr dhft,A
[A] ArF2 Ar + F2
[B] ArXe  Ar + Xe
[C] 40K  40Ar + / + ¼bysDVªkWu xzg.k@ikWftVªkWu mRltZu½
[D] 126I  126Ar +  –
vkxZu rFkk ghfy;e dh ,dy ijek.kqdrk ds ,d izcyre izek.k fu;r nkc ds vUrxZr Å"ek /kkfjrk o fu;r vk;ru ij
Å"ek/kkfjrk dk vuqikr gksrk gS  = Cp / CV tks ,dyijekf.od xSls ds fy, iw.kZr% 5/3 (1.67 ± 0.01) gksrk gSA vuqikr dks
fuEu lehjd.k ds iz;ksx }kjk /ofu dh pky vs ds ekiu ls O;qRiUu fd;k tkrk gSA tgk¡ f rFkk  /ofu dh vko`fr rFkk rjaxnS/
;Z gS rFk R, T ,oa M Øe'k% eksyj xSl fu;rkad] ije rki rFkk eksyj nzO;eku dks bafxr djrs gSA
 RT
vs = f =
M
ADVATS - 42
Atomic Structure
,d vKkr xSl izkn'kZ ds fy, /ofu dh rjaxnS/;Z dks f = 3520 Hz (Hz = s–1) rFkk 15.0°C ij rFkk (1.013 ·105 Pa)
ok;qe.Myh; nkc ds vUrxZr 0.116 m ekik x;kA bu ifjfLFkfr;ksa ds fy, xSl dk ?kuRo 0.850 ± 0.005 kg m–3 ekik x;kA
Sol. [C] is a well known radioactive decay reaction occurring with a half life of the order of the earth age. No stable
compound of Ar, such as ArF2 or ArXe, can be expected.
Products of [D] should be 126Xe +  –. The correct answer is [C].
[C] vfHkfØ;k i`Foh vk;q ds Øe dh v)Zvk;q ds lkFk gksus okyh HkyhHkk¡fr Kkr jsfM;kslfØ; {k; vfHkfØ;k gSA ArF2 ;k
ArXe ds leku Ar dk dksbZ Hkh LFkk;h ;kSfxd ugh gksrk gSA
[D] ds mRikn 126Xe +  – gksus pkfg,A lgh mÙkj [C] gSA

When an atom X absorbs radiation with a photon energy greater than the ionization energy of the atom, the
atom is ionized to generate an ion X+ and the electron (called a photoelectron) is ejected at the same time.
In this event, the energy is conserved as shown in Figure 1, that is,
Photon energy (h ) = ionization energy (IE) of X + kinetic energy of photoelectron.
When a molecule, for example, H2, absorbs short-wavelength light, the photoelectron is ejected and an H2,
ion with a variety of vibrational states is produced. A photoelectron spectrum is a plot of the number of
photoelectrons as a function of the kinetic energy of the photoelectrons. Figure-2 shows a typical photoelectron
spectrum when H2 in the lowest vibrational level is irradiated by monochromatic light of 21.2 eV. No
photoelectrons are detected above 6.0 eV. (eV is a unit of energy and 1.0 eV is equal to
1.6 × 10–19 J.)
tc ,d ijek.kq X, ijek.kq dh vk;uu ÅtkZ ls vf/kd ÅtkZ okys QksVkWu ds lkFk fofdj.k vo'kksf"kr djrk gS] rks ijek.kq
vk;fur gksdj X+ vk;u mRiUu djrk gS rFkk blh le; bysDVªkWu ¼tks izdk'k bysDVªkWu dgykrk gS½ mRlftZr gksrk gSA bl
?kVuk esa ÅtkZ fp=k esa n'kkZ;s vuqlkj lajf{kr gSA
vFkkZr~ QksVkWu ÅtkZ (h ) = X dh vk;uu ÅtkZ (IE) + izdk'k bysDVªkWu dh xfrt ÅtkZ
tc ,d v.kq] mnkgj.k ds fy,] H2 lw{erjaxnS/;Z dk izdk'k vo'kksf"kr djrk gS] rks izdk'k bysDVªkWu mRlftZr gksrk gS rFkk
fofHkUu izdkj dh dEiUu voLFkkvksa ds H2 vk;u mRiUu gksrk gSA izdk'k bysDVªkWu LisDVªe] izd'k bysDVªkWuks dh xfrt ÅtkZ
ds Qyu ds :i esa izdk'k bysDVªkWuks dh la[;k dk vkys[k gksrk gSA fp=k-2 ,d izk:fid izdk'k bysDVªkWu LisDVªe dks n'kkZrk
gS] tc H2, 21.2 eV ds ,dyo.khZ; izdk'k }kjk fuEure dEiUu Lrj es pedrk gSA 6.0 eV ¼eV ÅtkZ dh ,d bdkbZ gS
rFkk 1.0 eV, 1.6 × 10–19 J ds cjkcj gksrk gS½ ls vf/kd ÅtkZ ij dksbZ Hkh izdk'k bysDVªkWu Kkr ugh gksrs gSaA
ADVATS - 43
Atomic Structure
13.1 a) Determine the energy difference EA1 (eV) between H2 (v = 0) and H+ (vion = 0) to the first decimal place. v and
v ion denote the vibrational quantum numbers of H2 and H+, respectively.
b) Determine the energy difference EA2 (eV) between H+ (vion = 0) and H+ (v ion = 3) to the first decimal place.
The electronic energy levels EHn of a hydrogen atom are given by the equation
Ry
EH
n = – (n = 1, 2, 3...)
n2
Here n is a principal quantum number, and Ry is a constant with dimensions of energy. The energy from n =
1 to n = 2 of the hydrogen atom is 10.2 eV.
a) H2 (v = 0) rFkk H+ (vvk;u = 0) ds e/; ÅtkZ vUrj EA1 (eV) dks izFke m'keyo LFkku rd fu/kkZfjr dhft,A v rFkk vvk;u Øe'k%
H2 rFkk H+ dh dEiUu Dok.Ve la[;kvksa dks bafxr djrs gSA
b) H+ (vvk;u = 0) rFkk H+ (vvk;u = 3) ds e/; ÅtkZ vUrj EA2 (eV) dks izFke n'keyo LFkku rd fu/kkZfjr dhft,A
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds bysdVªkWfud ÅtkZ Lrj EHn fuEu lehdj.k }kjk fn; tkrs gSA
Ry
EH
n = – (n = 1, 2, 3...)
n2
;gk¡ n eq[; Dok.Ve la[;k rFkk Ry ÅtkZ dh foekvksa ;qDr fu;rkad gSA gkbMªsktu ijek.kq ds n = 1 ls n = 2 rd ÅtkZ 10.2
eV gSA
Sol. (a) The spectral peak at 5.8 eV in Fig.2 corresponds to the electron with the highest kinetic energy, which is
generated by the reaction
H2 (V = 0)  H2 (Vion = 0) + e.
Accordingly,
EA1 = 21.2 eV – 5.8 eV = 15.4 eV
(b) One can estimate from Fig.2 that the energy difference EA2 between H2 (Vion = 0) and H2 (Vion = 3) is
approximately 0.8 eV.
The answers are as follows : EA1 = 15.4 eV
EA2 = 0.8 eV
gy- (a) fp=k 2 esa n'kkZ;s 5.8 eV ij LisDVªe 'kh"kZ mPpre xfrt ÅtkZ ds lkFk bysDVªkWu ls lEcfU/kr gS] tks fuEu vfHkfØ;k }kjk
mRiUu gksrk gSA
H2 (V = 0)  H2 (Vvk;u = 0) + e.
blds vuqlkj]
EA1 = 21.2 eV – 5.8 eV = 15.4 eV
ADVATS - 44
Atomic Structure
(b) fp=k 2 ls
Li"V gS fd H2 (Vvk;u = 0) rFkk H2 (Vvk;u = 3) ds e/; ÅtkZ vUrj EA2 yxHkx 0.8 eV gksrk gSA
vr% mÙkj fuEukuqlkj gSa : EA1 = 15.4 eV
EA2 = 0.8 eV
13.2 Calculate the ionization energy EB (eV) of the hydrogen atom to the first decimal place.
The energy threshold for the generation of two electronically excited hydrogen atoms H* (n = 2) from
H2 (v = 0) has been derived to be 24.9 eV by an experiment.
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh vk;uu ÅtkZ EB (eV) dks izFke n'keyo LFkku rd ifjdfyr dhft,A nks oS|qrdh; mÙksftr gkbMªkstu
ijek.kq H* (n = 2) ds H2 (v = 0) ls mRiUu djus ds fy, nsgyh ÅtkZ dks ,d iz;ksx }kjk 24.9 eV O;qRiUu fd;k tkrk gSA
Sol. The ionization energy corresponds to n = . Accordingly,
En=2  n=1 = ¾Ry
En=  n=1 = Ry
4
Thus, the energy required for the ionization is times larger than the transition energy of the Lyman -line.
3
4
EB = 10.2 eV × = 13.6 eV
3
gy- n = rd lEcfU/kr vk;uu ÅtkZ
En=2  n=1 = ¾Ry
En=  n=1 = Ry
4
bl izdkj vk;uu ds fy, vko';d ÅtkZ ykbeu -js[kk dh laØe.k ÅtkZ ls xquk vf/kd gksrh gSA
3
4
EB = 10.2 eV × = 13.6 eV
3
13.3 Determine the bond energy EC (eV) of H2 to the first decimal place.
H2 dh ca/k ÅtkZ EC (eV) dk izFke n'keyo LFkku rd fu/kkZj.k dhft,A
Sol. 24.9 eV = binding energy of a hydrogen molecule +10.2 eV + 10.2 eV
Thus, the binding energy of a hydrogen molecule EC = 4.5 eV
24.9 eV = gkbMªkstu v.kq dh ca/ku ÅtkZ +10.2 eV + 10.2 eV
bl izdkj gkbMªkstu v.kq dh ca/ku ÅtkZ EC = 4.5 eV
13.4 Considering an energy cycle, determine the bond energy ED (eV) of H2 to the first decimal place. If you were
unable to determine the values for EB and EC, then use 15.0 eV and 5.0 eV for EB and EC, respectively.
,d ÅtkZ pØ ekurs gq, H2 dh ca/k ÅtkZ ED (eV) dk izFke n'keyo LFkku rd fu/kkZj.k dhft,A ;fn vki EB rFkk EC
ds eku dk fu/kkZj.k djus ds fy, vleFkZ gS] rks EB rFkk EC ds fy, Øe'k% 15.0 eV rFkk 5.0 eV dk iz;ksx dhft,A
Sol. From Fig.3 below
fp=k 3 ls
ED = EB + EC – EA1 = 13.6 + 4.5 – 15.4 = 2.7 eV
13.5 Calculate the threshold energy EE (eV) of the following dissociative ionization reaction to the first
decimal place:
H2  H* (n = 2) + H+ + e–
If you were unable to determine the values for EB and EC, then use 15.0 eV and 5.0 eV for EB and EC,
respectively.
When H2 absorbs monochromatic light of 21.2 eV, the following dissociation process occurs at the same
time.
H2  21.2 eV
 H(n = 1) + H(n = 1)
Two hydrogen atoms move in opposite directions with the same speed.
fuEu fo;kstu vk;uu vfHkfØ;k dh nsgyh ÅtkZ EE (eV) izFke n'keyo LFkku rd fu/kkZfjr dhft,A
H2  H* (n = 2) + H+ + e–
;fn vki EB rFkk EC ds eku dk fu/kkZj.k djus ds fy, vleFkZ gS] rks EB rFkk EC ds fy, Øe'k% 15.0 eV rFkk 5.0 eV dk
iz;ksx dhft,A
ADVATS - 45
Atomic Structure
tc H2 21.2 eV ds ,dyo.khZ; izdk'k dks vo'kksf"kr djrh gS] rks blh le; ij fuEu fo;kstu izØe izkIr gksrk gSA
21.2 eV
H2   H(n = 1) + H(n = 1)
nks gkbMªkstu ijek.kq leku pky ls foifjr fn'kk esa xfr djrs gSaA
Sol.
From figure 3 above, the threshold energy EE for the dissociative ionization reaction H2 H* (n = 2) + H+ +
e– is EB + EC + 10.2 eV = 13.6 + 4.5 + 10.2 = 28.3 eV. EE = 28.3 eV
mijksDr fp=k 3 ls fo;kstu vk;uu vfHkfØ;k H2 H* (n = 2) + H+ + e– ds fy, nsgyh ÅtkZ EE, EB + EC + 10.2 eV
= 13.6 + 4.5 + 10.2 = 28.3 eV. EE = 28.3 eV gSA
13.6 Calculate the speed u (m s–1) of the hydrogen atoms generated in the above reaction. H2 is assumed
to be at rest. If you were unable to determine the value for EC, then use 5.0 eV for EC.
mijksDr vfHkfØ;k esa mRiUu gkbMªkstu ijek.kqvksa dh pky u (m s–1) ifjdfyr dhft,A H2 dks fojke voLFkk ij ekurs
gSA ;fn vki EC ds eku dk fu/kkZj.k djus es vleFkZ gS] rks EC ds fy, 5.0 eV dk iz;ksx djsaA
Sol. The excess energy is 16.7 eV (= 21.2 eV – 4.5 eV). Because two hydrogen atoms are generated upon to
dissociation, half of this excess energy is released as translational energy of the hydrogen atoms.
vkf/kD; +tkZ 16.7 eV (= 21.2 eV – 4.5 eV) gS] D;ksafd nks gkbMªkstu ijek.kq fo;kstu djus ij mRiUu gksrs gSA bl vkf/kD;
ÅtkZ dh vk/kh ÅtkZ gkbMªkstu ijek.kqvksa dh vuqoknu ÅtkZ (translational energy) ds :i esa fu"dkflr gksrh gSA
1
mu2 = 8.35 eV = 1.34 × 10–18 J
2
1.008  10 –3 kg mol–1
m= = 1.67 × 10–27 kg
6.022  10 23 mol–1
Then,
u2 = 1.6 × 109 m2 s–2
u 4.0 × 104 m s–1
PROBLEM-14 (V Stage) (IChO-2011)
At a temperature of 0 K, the total energy of a gaseous diatomic molecule AB is approximately given by:
E = Eo + Evib
where Eo is the electronic energy of the ground state, and Evib is the vibrational energy.
Allowed values of the vibrational energies are given by the expression:
 1 h k m A mB
Evib =  –   = 0 , 1 , 2,....... = (AB) = m  m
 2 2  A B
where h is the Planck’s constant, is the vibrational quantum number, k is the force constant, and is the
reduced mass of the molecule. At 0 K, it may be safely assumed that is zero, and Eo and k are independent
ADVATS - 46
Atomic Structure
of isotopic substitution in the molecule.
Deuterium, D, is an isotope of hydrogen atom with mass number 2. For the H2 molecule, k is 575.11 N m–
1
, and the isotopic molar masses of H and D are 1.0078 and 2.0141 g mol–1, respectively.
At a temperature of 0 K:  H2 1.1546 HD and  D2 = 0.8167HD.
0 K rki ij xSlh; f}ijek.oh; v.kq AB dh dqy ÅtkZ yxHkx fuEu }kjk n'kkZ;h tkrh gS %
E = Eo + Evib
tgk¡ Eo vk| voLFkk dh bysDVªkWfud ÅtkZ rFkk Evib dEiUu ÅtkZ gSA
 1 h k m A mB
Evib =  –   = 0 , 1 , 2,....... = (AB) = m  m
 2  2  A B
tgk¡ h Iykad fu;rkad] dEiUu Dok.Ve la[;k] k cy fu;rkad rFkk v.kq dk vipf;r nzO;eku gSA 0 K ij ;g ekuk tk ldrk
gS fd 'kwU; gS rFkk E0 ,oa k v.kq esa leLFkkfud izfrLFkkiu ls LorU=k gksrs gSA
M~;Vsfj;e] D nzO;eku la[;k 2 ;qDr gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dk leLFkkfud gSA H2 v.kq ds fy, k 575.11 N m–1 gS rFkk H ,oa
D dk vkblksVkWfid eksyj nzO;eku Øe'k% 1.0078 rFkk 2.0141 g mol–1 gSA
rki 0 K ij  H 1.1546 HD rFkk  D = 0.8167HD.
2 2
14.1 Calculate the dissociation energy, E, in eV of a hydrogen molecule in its ground state such that both H
atoms are produced in their ground states.
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh bldh vk| voLFkk esa eV esa fo;kstu ÅtkZ ifjdfyr dhft,] ftlls nksuks H ijek.kq budh vk|
voLFkk es mRiUu gksrs gSA
Sol. H2  2H
For n ds fy, = 1 : E = 2 (–13.5984) – (–31.675) = 4.478 eV
14.2 A molecule H2 in the ground state dissociates into its atoms after absorbing a photon of wavelength 77.0 nm.
Determine all possibilities for the electronic states of hydrogen atoms produced. For each case calculate the
total kinetic energy, KE, in eV of the dissociated hydrogen atoms.
,d H2 v.kq bldh vk| voLFkk esa 77.0 nm rjaxnS/;Z dk QksVkWu vo'kksf"kr djus ds i'pkr~ blds ijek.kqvksa esa fo;ksftr gksrk
gSA mRiUu gkbMªkstu ijek.kqvksa dh fo|qr voLFkkvksa ds fy, leLr laHkkoukvksa dk fu/kkZj.k dhft,A izR;sd fLFkfr ds fy,
fo;ksftr gkbMªkstu ijek.kqvks dh dqy xfrt ÅtkZ] KE ¼eV esa½ ifjdfyr dhft,A
Sol. H2 + hv  H + H
n= 1 1
1 2
2 1
2 2
. .
. .
. .
The energy of H2 molecule in its ground state is –31.675 eV.
bldh vk| voLFkk esa H2 v.kq dh ÅtkZ –31.675 eV gSA
 = 77.0 nm
hc 6.6261·10 –34  3.00·10 –8
Ephoton = = = 2.58 10–18 J
 77.0·10 –19
6.6261·10 –34
E = = 16.1 eV
photon 1.602·10 –19
RH RH
E = En1  En2 – EnH2 = – n2 – n2 –(31.675) < 16.1 eV
1 2
n =1 n =1
1 2
ADVATS - 47
Atomic Structure
13.5984 13.5984
E = – – + 31.675 = 4.478 eV
12 12
KE = 16.1 – 4.478 = 11.6 eV
n1 = 1, n2 = 2 or n1 = 2, n2 = 1
E = – 13.5984 – 13.5984 + 31.675 = 14.677 eV
KE = 16.1 – 14.677 = 1.4 eV
n1 = 2, n2 = 2
13.5984 13.5984
E = – – + 31.675 = 24.880 eV > 16.1 eV
22 22
K.E. = 16.1 – 14.677 = 1.4 eV
Thus, the possibilities are:
bl izdkj laHkkouk,sa gSa &
H2 + h  H + H
n= 1 1
1 2
2 1
14.3 Calculate the electron affinity, EA, of H2+ ion in eV if its dissociation energy is 2.650 eV. If you have been
unable to calculate the value for the dissociation energy of H2 then use 4.500 eV for the calculation.
H2+ vk;u dh bysDVªkWu ca/kqrk] EA ¼eV es½ ifjdfyr dhft,] ;fn bldh fo;kstu ÅtkZ 2.650 eV gSA ;fn vki H2 ds
fo;kstu fu;rkad dk eku ifjdfyr djus es vleFkZ gS] rks x.kuk djus ds fy, 4.500 eV dk iz;ksx djsaA
13.5984 13.5984
Sol. IP(H) = En = – 2 – = 13.598 eV (ionization potential) ¼vk;uu foHko½
 12
H2 + e  H2 EA( H2 ) = – IP(H2 )
H2  H+ + H DE( H2 ) = 2.650 eV
H  H+ + e IP(H) = 13.598 eV
H2  H + H DE(H2 ) = 4.478 eV
EA( H2 ) = DE( H2 ) – IP(H) – DE(H2) = 2.650 – 13.598 – 4.478 = – 15.426 eV
Electron affinity bysDVªkWu ca/kqrk H2 = –15.426 eV
= – 15.426 eV
15.1 Calculate the frequency in s–1 of infrared photons that can be absorbed by HD molecule.
(If you have been unable to calculate the value for HD then use 8.000 × 10–20 the calculation)
The allowed electronic energies of H atom are given by the expression :
RH
E=– , n = 1,2,..... where RH = 13.5984 eV and 1 eV = 1.602 × 10–19 J
n2
The total energy of H2 molecule in its ground state is –31.675 eV, relative to the same reference as that of
hydrogen atom.
vojDr QksVkWuks dh vko`fr s–1 esa ifjdfyr dhft,] ;fn ;g QksVkWu HD v.kq }kjk vo'kksf"kr gks ldrs gSA
¼;fn vki HD dk eku ifjdfyr djus esa vleFkZ gS] rks x.kuk djus ds fy, 8.000 × 10–20 dk iz;ksx djsa½
H ijek.kq dh Kkr bysDVªkWfud ÅtkZ;sa fuEu O;tad }kjk nh tkrh gSA
RH
E=– , n = 1,2,..... tgk¡ RH = 13.5984 eV rFkk 1 eV = 1.602 × 10–19 J
n2
H2 v.kq dh bldh voLFkk esa dqy ÅtkZ –31.675 eV gS] tks gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dh dqy ÅtkZ ds leku lEcfU/kr gSA
ADVATS - 48
Atomic Structure
Sol. hv = E
 3 1
E = Ev1 – Ev0 =  –  HD = HD
2 2
HD
hv = HD  v =
h
From part 3.1 :
¼Hkkx 3.1 ls½
HD = 7.5724 × 10–20 J
7.5724  10 –20 J
Thus ¼bl izdkj½ : v= = 1.1428 × 10–14 s
6.6261 10 – 34 Js
(Repeat)
15.2 Calculate the dissociation energy, E, in eV of a hydrogen molecule in its ground state such that both H
atoms are produced in their ground states.
;fn nksuksa gkbMªkstu ijek.kq vk| voLFkk esa mRiUu gksrs gS rks budh vk| voLFkk esa ,d gkbMªkstu v.kq ds fy, fo;kstu dh
ÅtkZ (E) dk eku eV esa Kkr djksA
Sol. H2  2H
For n = 1 : E = 2(–13.5984) – (–31.675) = 4.478 eV
ADVATS - 49

(2114) Sheet Atomic Structure Exercise B

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

(2114) Sheet Atomic Structure Exercise B

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Atomic Structure

 Marked Questions may have for Revision Questions.

;kn j[kus gsrq %

A-1. Complete the following table :

fuEufyf[kr lkj.kh dks iw.kZ dhft, %

A-5. Write the conclusions of observations of Rutherford's experiment.

;kn j[kus gsrq %

Section (C) : Bohr Model

Commit to memory : ;kn j[kus gsrq %

;kn j[kus gsrq %

Section (E) : De-broglie wavelength and Heisenberg uncertainity principle

Commit to memory ;kn j[kus gsrq %

 Angular nodes =  ,  Total nodes = n – 1

;kn j[kus gsrq %

 dks.kh; uksM =  ,  dqy uksM= n – 1

F-1. Find : (a) The number of radial nodes of 5s atomic orbital

;kn j[kus gsrq %

G-4. Point out the angular momentum of an electron in,

;kn j[kus gsrq %

H-4. Explain with reason the nature of emitted particle by :

PART - II : ONLY ONE OPTION CORRECT TYPE

A-2. The mass of cathode ray particle is :

Section (B) : Quantum theory of light & Photoelectric Effect

Section (E) : De-broglie wavelength and Heisenberg uncertainity principle

Select the correct statement :

lgh dFku dks pqfu;s %

F-4. The maximum probability of finding electron in the dxy orbital is :

F-5. 3py orbital has..........nodal plane :

(b) Electron density in the XY plane in 3d z 2 orbital is zero.

(b) 3d z 2 d{kd esa XY ry esa bysDVªkWu ?kuRo 'kwU; gksrk gSA

F-9. Which of the following d-orbitals has dough-nut shape ?

Section (G) : Quantum numbers & Electronic configuration

G-6. Given is the electronic configuration of element X :

G-8. The orbital angular momentum of an electron in 2s-orbital is :

Section (H) : Nuclear chemistry

H-2. 60 is radioactive because :

PART - III : MATCH THE COLUMN

 Marked Questions may have for Revision Questions.

Section (A) : Discovery of sub atomic particles, Atomic models, nucleus

Section (B) : Quantum theory of light & Photoelectric Effect

Section (D) : Spectrum

Section (E) : De-broglie wavelength and Heisenberg uncertainity principle

20.  Uncertainty in position is twice the uncertainty in momentum. Uncertainty in velocity is :

24. In an atomic orbital, the sign of lobes indicates the :

Section (G) : Quantum numbers & Electronic configuration

Section (H) : Nuclear chemistry

PART - II : SINGLE AND DOUBLE VALUE INTEGER TYPE

Section (C) : Bohr Model

Section (D) : Spectrum

Section (G) : Quantum numbers & Electronic configuration

Section (H) : Nuclear chemistry

PART - III : ONE OR MORE THAN ONE OPTIONS CORRECT TYPE

2. Which of the following is iso-electronic with neon ?

6. The spectrum of He+ is expected to be similar to that of :

9. In which transition, one quantum of energy is emitted ?

16. Which of the following statement(s) is (are) correct?

20. Pickout the correct statements :

3. The number of photoelectrons emitted depends upon :

mnkgj.k ds fy, n = 4 dh ifjfLFkfr esa] izkIr js[kkvksa dh la[;k 6 gSaA (4  3, 4  2, 4  1, 3  2, 3  1, 2  1)

5. Consider the following statements

6.  Wave number of the first line of Paschen series in Be3+ ion is

* Marked Questions may have more than one correct option.

PART - I : JEE (ADVANCED) / IIT-JEE PROBLEMS (PREVIOUS YEARS)